Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Sustainable Solutions 
 for Water, Environment, 
 and Infrastructure

2022 ANNUAL REPORT

Dear Shareholders,

Today, Tetra Tech’s high-end consulting and engineering services 
are more in demand than ever before to address our clients’ rapidly 
expanding needs associated with climate change—including water 
management, environmental protection, design of sustainable and 
resilient infrastructure, and support  the transition to renewable 
energy. In 2022 we used our Leading with Science® approach to 
provide solutions for our clients for more than 80,000 projects in 
125 countries. Our projects protected and restored biodiversity, 

created sustainable water supplies, restored the environment, and decarbonized buildings, 
infrastructure, and power supplies.

The significant global demand for our services has resulted in Tetra Tech achieving new 
all-time-high records in fiscal year 2022 for revenue, net revenue, earnings per share, and 
backlog.  In fiscal year 2022, gross revenue was $3.5 billion and net revenue increased to 
$2.8 billion, up 9 percent and 11 percent, respectively from 2021. Our differentiated high-end 
services generated all-time-high operating income of $340 million resulting in an Earnings 
Per Share of $4.86, up 14 percent from last year. As a result of our consistent and disciplined 
capital allocation, we returned $246 million to our shareholders through dividends and stock 
buybacks and generated a 54 percent shareholder return over the past 3 years.

We ended the year with an all-time-high backlog of $3.74 billion, up 8 percent from the 
same time last year.  While it was an exceptional year for orders, we finished the year with 
the highest bookings of orders in the history of the Company, exceeding $1.3 billion just 
in the fourth quarter. During the year, we won significant programs with government and 
commercial clients, adding more than $5 billion in new contract capacity worldwide to 
address flood risk management, water and sanitation, dam safety, carbon mitigation, 
biodiversity, renewable energy, and a wide range of environmental data analytics solutions. 
Our strong, broad-based backlog provides us with extraordinary visibility and momentum as 
we begin fiscal year 2023.  

In alignment with our strategic plan, in 2022 we acquired four companies that are leaders in 
digital transformation, advanced data analytics, and sustainability consulting. The addition 
of two digital water companies—Enterprise Automation, Inc. and TIGA, Inc.—brought us 
industry-leading software engineers and consultant expertise to address complex challenges 

related to water and big data. Also in 2022, the addition of Axiom 
Data Science provided Tetra Tech with unique expertise in 

technology for the analysis of massive ocean and coastal 
data sets, while Piteau Associates brought us global 

leadership in hydraulic modeling and sustainable 
water management for commercial clients. In 
September 2022, we announced our offer 
to acquire the RPS Group, which, when 
completed in January 2023, will bring 
5,000 staff with high-end expertise 

6
8
.
4
$

6
2
.
4
$

6
1
.
3
$

4
8
.
2
$

EPS

6
3
3
$

4
0
3
$

2
6
2
$

9
0
2
$

Cash from
Operations

4
4
7
,
3
$

0
8
4
,
3
$

9
3
2
,
3
$

2
9
0
,
3
$

Backlog

$

$M

$M

 
in energy transformation, water, program management, and data analytics. The addition of RPS will increase our global reach 
with an established presence in Europe, add significant technical resources to expand our market-leading position in renewable 
energy, and expand our suite of differentiated technologies.

As we enter fiscal year 2023, we see strong demand from our 
long-term clients for our differentiated Leading with Science 
approach to solve water, environmental, and sustainable 
infrastructure priorities. While we expect to see continued 
growth internationally, led by our operations in Canada, the 
United Kingdom and Australia; we expect the fastest growth to 
be in the United States. In the United States, an unprecedented sequence of three major legislative actions over the past year 
have set the stage for future spending increases directly aligned with Tetra Tech’s strengths: water management, environmental 
restoration, sustainability consulting, and renewable energy services. Tetra Tech is recognized as an industry leader in these 
markets as demonstrated by our #1 rankings with Engineering News-Record in water, environmental management, hydro plants, 
water treatment/desalination, and water treatment/supply, and numerous top 10 rankings, including wind power, solar power, 
and green building design.

•  $1.2 trillion Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act 
•  $280 billion CHIPs Act 
• $369 billion Inflation Reduction Act 

We are ready to address this extraordinary federal growth opportunity by leveraging our more than 50 years of experience and 
$25 billion in contract capacity with U.S. government agencies. With new funding incentives for renewable energy, we also see 
opportunities to further expand our work with energy utilities and commercial clients and build on experience gained through 
performing more than 1,000 high-end siting and permitting projects across the United States.

As we look to the future, we are committed to serving our clients by Leading with Science and benefiting the world through our 
work. We will continue to advance Tetra Tech’s 2030 goal to improve the lives of one billion people around the world through the 
projects we perform, from our baseline of 411 million people set in 2022. We also have committed to an additional 50 percent 
reduction of greenhouse gas (Scope 1, 2, and 3 CO2e) emissions from our operations, furthering the 70 percent reduction in 
greenhouse gas achieved since the inception of our sustainability program in 2010. 

Across our operations, we are committed to advancing diversity, equity, and inclusion. We believe that our diverse, high 
performing individuals and teams bring a wide range of perspectives and experiences to their engagement with coworkers and 
their understanding of our clients’ needs and project objectives. As part of Tetra Tech’s commitment to a culture of inclusion, 
our Employee Resource Groups bring together communities focused on the experiences of Black, Latino/Hispanic, Pan-Asian, 
Women, Veterans, Disabled, and LGBTQIA+ employees and Emerging Professionals that broaden and enhance companywide 
interaction and support for our employees. As a high-end consultancy, we also actively encourage continuous learning through 
our project teams and the Tetra Tech Academy, with global access to training, networking, and technology exchange programs.

With today’s challenges associated with climate change, the need for reliable water supplies, and risks to coastal regions, there 
has never been more demand for the services we provide. Our clients are committing funding and resources and launching new 
multiyear programs to address these rising concerns that transcend political affiliations. With the addition of the RPS Group, 
in 2023 we will increase our global resources and expand our suite of differentiated technologies. By leveraging the alignment 
of client needs and Tetra Tech’s high-end expertise, we will advance our goal to be the global industry leader in sustainable 
solutions for water, environment, and sustainable infrastructure.  

On behalf of Tetra Tech, I thank you for your continued confidence and support.

Sincerely, 

Dan Batrack, Chairman and CEO

[This page intentionally left blank] 

 UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2022    

For the Transition Period from                          to   

Commission File Number 0-19655  

____________________________________________________________________________ 

TETRA TECH, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware

95-4148514

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107  
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

(626) 351-4664 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

TTEK

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
________________________________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant has  submitted electronically and posted on  its corporate Website,  if  any, every  Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company," and "emerging 
growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   Large accelerated filer ☒    Accelerated filer ☐    Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting 
company ☐     Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control  over  financial reporting  under  Section 404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15  U.S.C. 7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting firm  that 
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on April 3, 2022, was $8.9 billion (based upon the closing price of 
a share of registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date). 

On November 9, 2022, 52,981,143 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding. 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for its  2023 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders  are incorporated  by  reference  in  Part III  of  this  report  where 
indicated. 

Item 1

Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4

Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B

Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14

Item 15

Item 16

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I

Business
General
Leading with Science
Reportable Segments
Government Services Group
Commercial/International Services Group
Remediation and Construction Management
Project Examples
Fiscal 2022 Reportable Segments
Clients
Contracts
Growth Strategy
Sustainability Program
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Competition
Backlog
Regulations
Seasonality
Potential Liability and Insurance
Human Capital Management
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Available Information
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Index to Exhibits
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

2 

Page

3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
14
17
17
31
32
32
32

33
34
35
49
51
90
90
90

90
91
91
91
91

91
93
95
95

This  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  ("Report"),  including  the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that 
are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act").  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  facts  are  statements  that  could  be  deemed 
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the 
industries  in  which  we  operate  and  the  beliefs  and assumptions  of our  management.  Words  such  as  "expects,"  "anticipates," 
"targets," "goals," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates," "seeks," "continues," "may," variations of such words 
and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  In  addition,  statements  that  refer  to 
projections  of  our  future  financial  performance,  our  anticipated  growth  and  trends  in  our  businesses  and  other 
characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-
looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict, 
including those identified below under "Risk Factors," and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and 
adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any 
forward-looking statements for any reason.

PART I 

Item 1.    Business 

General  

Tetra  Tech, Inc.  ("Tetra  Tech")  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  that 
focuses  on  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global 
company that is Leading with Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at 
the earliest stage of a project by identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and 
resources.  

Tetra Tech is Leading with Science® to provide sustainable and resilient solutions to our clients' most complex needs. 
Engineering  News-Record  ("ENR"),  the  engineering  industry's  leading  magazine,  has  ranked  Tetra  Tech  #1  in  Water  for 
19 years in a row. In 2022, we were also ranked #1 in environmental management, hydro plants, water treatment/desalination 
and water treatment/supply. ENR also ranked Tetra Tech in the top 10 in numerous categories, including dams and reservoirs, 
marine and port facilities, wind power, solar power, solid waste, environmental science, chemical and soil remediation, green 
building design, hazardous waste and site assessment and compliance.

Our  reputation  for  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  and  our  ability  to  develop  solutions  for  water  and 
environmental management has supported our growth for more than 50 years. Today, we are proud to be making a difference in 
people’s  lives  worldwide  through  our  high-end  consulting,  engineering  and  technology  service  offerings.  In  fiscal  2022,  we 
worked on over 80,000 projects, in more than 100 countries on all seven continents, with a talent force of 21,000 associates. We 
are  Leading  with  Science®  throughout  our  operations,  with  domain  experts  across  multiple  disciplines  supported  by  our 
advanced  analytics,  artificial  intelligence  ("AI"),  machine  learning  and  digital  technology  solutions.  Our  ability  to  provide 
innovation and first-of-kind solutions is enhanced by partnerships with our forward-thinking clients. We are diverse, equitable 
and inclusive, embracing the breadth of experience across our talented workforce worldwide with a culture of innovation and 
entrepreneurship. We are disciplined in our business, and focused on delivering value to customers and high performance for 
our shareholders. In supporting our clients, we seek to add value and provide long-term sustainable consulting, engineering and 
technology solutions.  

By  combining  ingenuity  and  practical  experience,  we  have  helped  to  advance  sustainability  by  managing  water, 
protecting  the  environment,  providing  renewable  energy,  restoring  ecosystems  and  engineering  green  solutions  for  our  cities 
and communities. Our mission is to be the world's leading consulting and engineering firm solving global challenges in water 
and the environment that make a positive difference in people's lives worldwide.  

The following core principles form the underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients: 

•

•

•

•

Service.  We put our clients first. We listen closely to better understand our clients' needs and deliver smart, cost-
effective solutions that meet their needs. 

Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement sustainable solutions 
that are innovative, efficient and practical. 

Excellence.  We bring superior technical capability, disciplined project management and excellence in safety and 
quality to all of our services. 

Opportunity.  Our  people  are  our  number  one  asset.  Opportunity  means  new  technical  challenges  that  provide 
advancement within our company, encourage an inclusive and diverse workforce and ensure a safe workplace. 

3 

We have a strong project management culture that enables us to deliver on more than 80,000 projects in a fiscal year. 
We maintain a strong emphasis on project management at all levels of the organization. Our client-focused project management 
is  supported  by  strong  fiscal  management  and  financial  tools.  We  use  a  disciplined  approach  to  monitoring,  managing  and 
improving our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to negotiate appropriate contract terms, 
manage  our  contract  performance  to  minimize  schedule  delays  and  cost  overruns  and  promptly  bill  and  collect  accounts 
receivable.

We have built a broad client and contract base by proactively understanding our clients' priorities and demonstrating a 
long track record of successful performance that results in repeat business and limits competition. We believe that proximity to 
our clients is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an understanding of our local clients' needs. 
Over the past year, we worked in more than 100 countries, helping our clients address complex water, environment, renewable 
energy and related sustainable infrastructure needs.

Throughout our history, we have supported both public and private clients, many for multiple decades of continuous 
contracts  and  repeat  business.  Long-term  relationships  provide  us  with  institutional  knowledge  of  our  clients'  programs,  past 
projects  and  internal  resources.  Institutional  knowledge  is  often  a  significant  factor  in  winning  competitive  proposals  and 
providing cost-effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs.

We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are delivering one-of-a-kind solutions. These might be a 
new  water  treatment  technology,  a  unique  solution  to  addressing  new  regulatory  requirements,  a  new  system  for  automated 
assessment of infrastructure assets or a digital twin for real time management of water treatment systems.

We  combine  interdisciplinary  capabilities,  technical  resources  and  institutional  knowledge  to  implement  complex 

projects that are at the leading edge of policy and technology development. 

Leading with Science® 

At Tetra Tech, we provide value-generating solutions by combining operational expertise, science and technology. By 
Leading with Science® and leveraging our collective technology including advanced data analytics and digital technologies, we 
create transformational solutions for our clients.

Tetra Tech's proprietary technologies and solutions, referred to collectively as the Tetra Tech Delta, differentiate us in 
the  market  and  provide  us  with  a  competitive  advantage.  We  create  customized  solutions;  from  smart  data  collection  and 
advanced  analytics  that  support  decision  making  to  AI  enabled  solutions  for  asset  management.  Our  Tetra  Tech  Delta 
technologies  are  drawn  from  our  decades  of  operational  experience  and  a  reservoir  of  technical  applications  that  are  shared 
throughout  our  company.  Our  high-end  teams  connect  interdisciplinary  experts  from  across  our  company's  21,000  staff 
worldwide. Tetra Tech mobilizes teams that include analysts, statisticians, digital engineers and industry experts who effectively 
implement value-generating and pragmatic solutions for our clients.

These advanced analytical solutions enable us to provide clients with real-time reporting, automated and remote data 
collection  and  dashboards  for  tracking  and  communicating  results.  Tetra  Tech  Delta  is  continually  expanding  and  includes 
cutting-edge tools on interpretive analysis, modeling of physical systems, forecasting and scenario analysis, optimization and 
operations research.    

Leading  with  Science®  also  means  fully  leveraging  the  collective  expertise  provided  by  our  global  talent  force  of 
21,000  associates.  We  actively  share  information,  ideas  and  resources  across  our  global  operations  through  our  network 
structure, guided subject matter teams and project team building. Our Tech 1000 event engages Tetra Tech experts world-wide 
to solve client challenges and identify the best ideas for further development. We also proactively share emerging technology 
and  new  ideas  through  our  knowledge  transfer  system, Tetra Tech Technology Transfer  ("T4"). T4  facilitates  our  innovation 
culture through webcasts, blogs, multi-media and social media across our global operations. Our Project Management Training 
Program provides comprehensive training in high-end project leadership skills through online training, virtual workshops and 
in-person events. 

Reportable Segments 

We  manage  our  operations  under  two  reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  ("GSG")  reportable 
segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and all activities with development 
agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  ("CIG")  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities 
with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. These reportable segments allow us to 
capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to 
meet  our growing client demand. We  continue to report the historical  results of the  wind-down of  our non-core construction 
activities  in  the  Remediation  and  Construction  Management  ("RCM")  reportable  segment.  There  has  been  no  remaining 
backlog for RCM since fiscal 2018 as the projects were complete.  

4 

Beginning of fiscal 2022, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, and created a new High 
Performance Buildings ("HPB") division in the CIG reportable segment. As a result, we transferred some related operations in 
the GSG reportable segment to the CIG reportable segment. Prior year amounts for reportable segments have been reclassified 
to conform to the current year presentation. 

The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by reportable segment:  

Reportable Segment

GSG
CIG
Inter-segment elimination

2022

52.0%
49.6
(1.6)
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2021

55.2%
46.7
(1.9)
100.0%

2020

52.7%
49.1
(1.8)
100.0%

For additional information regarding our reportable  segments, see Note  18, "Reportable Segments"  of the "Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in  Item 8.  For  more  information  on  risks  related  to  our  business,  reportable 
segments and geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report.  

Government Services Group 

GSG  provides  high-end consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state  and 
local)  and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in 
water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  information  technology  and  disaster  management.  GSG  also  provides 
engineering design services for U.S. based federal and municipal clients, especially in water infrastructure, flood protection and 
solid  waste.  GSG  also  leads  our  support  for  development  agencies  worldwide,  especially  in  the  United  States,  the  United 
Kingdom and Australia.  

GSG provides consulting and engineering services for a broad range of water, environment and infrastructure-related 
needs  primarily  for  U.S.  government  clients.  The  primary  GSG  markets  include  water  resources  analysis  and  water 
management, environmental monitoring, data analytics, government consulting, waste management and a broad range of civil 
infrastructure  master  planning  and  resilient  engineering  design  for  facilities,  transportation  and  local  development  projects. 
GSG's services span from early data collection and monitoring, to data analysis and information management, to science and 
engineering applied research, to engineering design, to project management and operations and maintenance. 

GSG  provides  our  clients  with  sustainable  solutions  that  optimize  their  water  management  and  environmental 
programs  to  address  regulatory  requirements,  improve  operational  efficiencies  and  manage  assets.  Our  services  advance 
sustainability  and  resiliency  through  the  "greening"  of  infrastructure,  design  of  energy  efficiency  and  resource  conservation 
programs, innovation in the capture and sequestration of carbon, development of disaster preparedness and response plans and 
improvement  in  water  and  land  resource  management  practices.  We  provide  climate  change  and  energy  management 
consulting,  and  greenhouse  gas  ("GHG")  inventory  assessment,  certification,  reduction  and  management  services.  GSG  also 
provides planning, architectural and sustainable engineering services for U.S. federal, state and local government facilities. We 
support  government  agencies  with  related  sustainable  infrastructure  needs,  asset  management  for  military  housing  and 
educational, institutional and research facilities.  

Many  government  organizations  face  complex  problems  due  to  increased  demand  and  competition  for  water  and 
natural resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure and demand for new and 
more resilient infrastructure. Our integrated water management services support government agencies responsible for managing 
water supplies, wastewater treatment, storm water management and flood protection. We help our clients develop more resilient 
water  supplies  and  more  sustainable  management  of  water  resources,  while  addressing  a  wide  range  of  local  and  national 
government requirements  and  policies.  Fluctuations  in  weather  patterns  and  extreme  events,  such  as  prolonged  droughts  and 
more frequent flooding, are increasing concerns over the reliability of water supplies, the need to protect coastal areas and flood 
mitigation and adaptation in metropolitan areas. We provide smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate water modeling, 
instrumentation  and  controls  and  real-time  controls  to  create  flexible  water  systems  that  respond  to  changing  conditions, 
optimize  use  of  existing  infrastructure  and  provide  clients  with  the  ability  to  monitor  and  manage  their  water  infrastructure 
more  efficiently.  We  provide  operational  technology  for  secure  management  of  water  treatment  and  wastewater  systems, 
including cybersecurity assessments and digital twin solutions. 

We  also  support  government  agencies  in  the  full  range  of  disaster  response  and  community  resilience  services 
including  monitoring  and  environmental  response,  damage  assessment  and  program  management  services  and  resilient 
engineering design and mitigation planning. We have a full suite of proprietary software tools and procedures that support our 
disaster  response,  planning  and  management  support  services.  These  tools  and  procedures  address  disaster  management  and 

5 

community  resilience  data  management  needs,  including  information  technology  systems,  portals,  dashboards,  data 
management, data analytics and statistical analysis. 

GSG  provides  a  wide  range  of  consulting  and  engineering  services  for  solid  waste  management,  including  landfill 
design and management, and recycling facility design throughout the United States; providing design, project management and 
maintenance  services  to  manage  solid  and  hazardous  waste,  for  environmental,  wastewater,  energy,  containment,  mining, 
utilities,  aquaculture  and  other  industrial  clients;  as  well  as  innovative  renewable  energy  projects  such  as  solar  energy-
generating landfill caps; and providing full-service solutions for gas-to-energy facilities to efficiently use landfill methane gas. 

We provide high-end advanced analytics and information technology ("IT") consulting and support to various federal 
clients including AI applications, machine learning, modernization of IT systems and cloud migration. We design solutions to 
manage and analyze data for major federal agency programs including data related to health, security, environment and water 
programs. We provide technical support for the Federal Aviation Administration ("FAA") to optimize the U.S. airspace system 
and support related aviation systems integration for the U.S. and other countries' metropolitan airports. We provide specialized 
modeling  and  data  analytics  for  airspace  acoustic  analysis.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data 
processing,  communications  and  outreach  and  systems  development;  and  providing  systems  analysis  and  information 
management.   

We  support  governments  in  implementing  international  development  programs  for  developing  nations  to  help  them 
address numerous challenges, including access to potable water and adapting to the threats of climate change. Our international 
development  services  include  supporting  donor  agencies  to  develop  safe  and  reliable  water  supplies  and  sanitation  services, 
support the eradication of poverty, improve livelihoods, promote democracy and increase economic growth. Our programs span 
planning, designing, implementing, researching and monitoring projects and leverage advanced technology to collect, manage 
and provide analytics for our clients. Key areas of focus include climate change, agriculture and rural development, governance 
and institutional development, natural resources and the environment, infrastructure, economic growth, energy, rule of law and 
justice systems, land tenure and property  rights and  training and consulting for public-private  partnerships. Our projects also 
include  building  capacity  and  strengthening  institutions  in  areas  such  as  global  health,  energy  sector  reform,  utility 
management, education, food security and local governance.  

Commercial/International Services Group  

CIG  primarily  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  to  U.S.  commercial  clients,  and  international 
clients  inclusive  of  the  commercial  and  government  sectors.  CIG  supports  commercial  clients  across  the  Fortune  500, 
renewable energy, industrial, high-performance buildings and aerospace markets. CIG also provides sustainable infrastructure 
and related  environmental, engineering, and project  management services to commercial and local government clients across 
Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

CIG provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of water, environment and sustainable 
infrastructure-related needs in both developed and emerging economies. The primary markets for CIG's services include natural 
resources,  energy  and  utilities,  as  well  as  sustainable  infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design  for  facilities, 
transportation and local development projects. CIG's services span from early data collection and monitoring to data analysis 
and information management, to feasibility studies and assessments, to science and engineering applied research, to engineering 
design, to project management and operations and maintenance.  

CIG's  environmental  services  include  cleanup  and  beneficial  reuse  of  sites  contaminated  with  hazardous  materials, 
toxic chemicals and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning process, starting with disaster 
response  and  initial  site  assessment  through  removal  actions,  remedial  design  and  implementation  oversight;  and  supporting 
both commercial and government clients in planning and implementing remedial activities at numerous sites around the world, 
and providing a broad range of environmental analysis and planning services. 

CIG also supports U.S. commercial clients by providing design services to renovate, upgrade and modernize industrial 
water supplies, and address industrial water treatment and water reuse needs; and provides plant engineering, project execution 
and program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world. 

CIG  provides planning, architectural and sustainable engineering services for commercial  and government facilities. 
We  provide  high-end  design  of  sustainable  energy,  water  and  GHG  decarbonization  solutions  including  civil,  electrical, 
mechanical, structural and hydraulic engineering for buildings and surrounding developments. We provide high-end services in 
addressing  indoor  health  and  associated  assessment,  consulting  and  retrofits  of  buildings  to  address  indoor  air  quality  and 
safety. We also provide engineering services for a wide range of clients with specialized needs, such as data centers, security 
systems, training and audiovisual facilities, clean rooms, laboratories, medical facilities and disaster preparedness facilities. 

CIG's international services, especially in Canada, the United Kingdom, and Asia Pacific, include high-end analytical, 
engineering, architecture, geotechnical and project management services for infrastructure projects, including rail and roadway 
monitoring and asset management services, collection of condition data, optimization of upgrades and long-term planning for 

6 

expansion;  multi-modal  design  services  for  commuter  railway  stations,  airport  expansions,  bridges  and  major  highways  and 
ports and harbors; and designing resilient solutions to repair, replace and upgrade older transportation infrastructure. 

CIG  provides  infrastructure  design  services  in  extreme  and  remote  areas  by  using  specialized  techniques  that  are 
adapted to local resources, while minimizing environmental impacts, and considering potential climate change impacts. These 
include  providing  consulting,  geotechnical  and  design  services  to  owners  of  transportation,  natural  resources,  energy  and 
community infrastructure in areas of permafrost or extreme climate regions. 

CIG's energy services include support for electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging 
from  macro-level  planning  and  management  advisory  services  to  project-specific  environmental,  engineering,  project 
management  and  operational services,  and  advising  on  the  design  and  implementation  of  smart  grids,  both domestically  and 
internationally,  including  increasing  utility  automation,  information  and  operational  technologies  and  critical  infrastructure 
security.  For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  our  services  include  policy  and  regulatory  development,  utility 
management, performance improvement and asset management and evaluation. For developers and owners of renewable energy 
resources  such  as  solar  grid  and  off-grid,  on-shore  and  off-shore  wind,  biogas  and  biomass,  tidal,  hydropower,  conventional 
power  generation  facilities,  micro-grid  and  battery  or  alternative  storage  facilities,  as  well  as  transmission  and  distribution 
assets,  our  services  include  environmental,  electrical,  mechanical  and  civil  engineering,  procurement,  operations  and 
maintenance and regulatory support for all project phases. 

CIG  supports  industrial  clients  globally.  Our  services  include  environmental  permitting  support,  siting  studies, 
strategic  planning  and  analyses;  design  of  site  civil  works;  water  management;  biological  and  cultural  assessments,  and  site 
investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation. 

CIG  also provides environmental  remediation and reconstruction services to evaluate and restore  lands to beneficial 
use,  remediating,  and  restoring  contaminated  facilities  in  the  U.S.  and  around  the  world;  managing  large,  complex  sediment 
remediation  programs  that  help  restore  rivers  and  coastal  waters  to  beneficial  use;  and  supporting  utilities  in  the  U.S.  in 
implementing restoration and environmental management programs. 

Remediation and Construction Management  

We  continued  to  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM  reportable 
segment in fiscal 2022. There has been no remaining backlog for RCM since fiscal 2018 as the projects were complete. In May 
2022,  we  received  a  cash  settlement  for  the  last  $11  million  RCM  claim  receivable  in  dispute  resolution.  This  settlement 
resulted  in  an  immaterial  gain  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2022. There  were  no  significant  operating  activities  in  RCM  for 
fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020. 

Project Examples  

Project examples are provided on our company website located at tetratech.com, including expert interviews, in-depth 
articles  and  project  profiles  that  demonstrate  our  services  across  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable 
energy and international development. 

Clients 

We provide services to a diverse base of  U.S. federal government, U.S. state and local government, U.S. commercial 

and international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector

U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. state and local government
U.S. commercial
International (2)

2022

30.4%
17.2
21.4
31.0
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2021

33.6%
16.7
19.9
29.8
100.0%

2020

33.2%
14.7
22.5
29.6
100.0%

(1)     Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States. 
(2)     Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

7 

U.S. federal government agencies are significant clients. The U.S. Agency for International Development ("USAID") 
accounted for 11.0%, 11.7% and 12.2% of our revenue in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Department of Defense 
("DoD") accounted for 9.7%, 11.2% and 9.2% of our revenue in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We typically support 
multiple programs within a single U.S. federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. 
state  and  local  government  clients  in  various  jurisdictions  across  the  United  States.  Our  international  clients  are  primarily 
focused  in  Canada,  Australia,  and  the  United  Kingdom,  and  consist  of  a  relatively  equal  sized  mix  of  government  and 
commercial  clients.  Our  U.S.  commercial  clients  include  companies  in  the  chemical,  energy,  mining,  pharmaceutical,  retail, 
aerospace,  automotive,  petroleum  and  communications  industries.  No  single  client,  except  for  the  U.S.  federal  government 
clients, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2022.

Contracts  

Our  services  are  performed  under  three principal  types  of contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials 

and cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type: 

Contract Type

Fixed-price
Time-and-materials
Cost-plus

2022

37.6%
46.7
15.7
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2021

37.1%
46.4
16.5
100.0%

2020

36.0%
46.5
17.5
100.0%

Under  a  fixed-price  contract,  clients  agree  to  pay  a  specified  price  for  our  performance  of  the  entire  contract  or  a 
specified  portion of  the  contract.  Some  fixed-price  contracts  can  include  date-certain  and/or  performance  obligations.  Fixed-
price contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, 
problems with new technologies, price increases for materials and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract 
period. Consequently, the profitability of fixed-price contracts may vary substantially. Under time-and-materials contracts, we 
are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing rates  and  paid  for other  expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by 
billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials  contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract  values  and, 
accordingly, revenue related to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus 
contracts, some of which are subject to a contract ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may 
be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable, we may not be able to obtain full 
reimbursement. Further, the amount of the fee received for a cost-plus award fee contract partially depends upon the client's 
discretionary periodic assessment of our performance on that contract. 

Some  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  are  subject  to  annual  funding  approval.  U.S.  federal  government 
agencies may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to 
obtain additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the 
U.S. federal government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause. 

U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create 
actual or potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed 
for a commercial or government sector client may create conflicts of interest that preclude or limit our ability to obtain work for 
a private organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such 
conflicts  could  affect our  work  under  current  contracts  or our  ability  to  compete  for  future  contracts. We  have,  on  occasion, 
declined to bid on a project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest. 

Some  of  our  operating  units  have  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  that  are  subject  to  audit  by  the 
government, primarily the Defense Contract Audit Agency ("DCAA"). The DCAA generally seeks to (i) identify and evaluate 
all  activities  that  contribute  to,  or  have  an  impact  on,  proposed  or  incurred  costs  of  government  contracts;  (ii) evaluate  a 
contractor's  policies,  procedures,  controls  and  performance;  and  (iii) prevent  or  avoid  wasteful,  careless  and  inefficient 
production or service. To accomplish this, the DCAA examines our internal control systems, management policies and financial 
capability;  evaluates  the  accuracy,  reliability  and  reasonableness  of  our  cost  representations  and  records;  and  assesses  our 
compliance  with  Cost  Accounting  Standards  ("CAS")  and  defective-pricing  clauses  found  within  the  Federal  Acquisition 
Regulation ("FAR"). The DCAA also performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our 
final rates. This review focuses on the allowability of cost items and the applicability of CAS. The DCAA also audits cost-based 
contracts, including the close-out of those contracts. 

The  DCAA  reviews  all  types  of  U.S.  federal  government  proposals,  including  those  of  award,  administration, 
modification and re-pricing. The DCAA considers our cost accounting system, estimating methods and procedures and specific 

8 

proposal  requirements.  Operational  audits  are  also  performed  by  the  DCAA.  A  review  of  our  operations  at  every  major 
organizational level is conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government 
may  disallow  certain  costs  if  it  determines  that  we  accounted  for  such  costs  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  CAS.  Under  a 
government contract, only those costs that are reasonable, allocable and allowable are recoverable. A disallowance of costs by 
the U.S. federal government could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities  that  could  result  in  severe  legal  remedies,  including  the  payment  of  damages  and/or  penalties,  criminal  and  civil 
sanctions  and  debarment.  In  addition,  we  maintain  preventative  audit  programs  and  mitigation  measures  to  ensure  that 
appropriate control systems are in place. 

We provide services under contracts, purchase orders or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must be 
in  writing.  We  bill  our  clients  in  accordance  with  the  contract  terms  and  periodically  based  on  costs  incurred,  on  either  an 
hourly-fee basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to 
terminate the agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our 
contracts  do  not  require  that  we  provide  performance  bonds.  If  required,  a  performance  bond,  issued  by  a  surety  company, 
guarantees  a  contractor's  performance  under  the  contract.  If  the  contractor  defaults  under  the  contract,  the  surety  will,  at  its 
discretion, complete the job or pay the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and 
defaults in  the performance of a contract, the  contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of  contract. 
These damages include the cost of completion, together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits. 

Growth Strategy 

Our  management  team  establishes  Tetra  Tech's  overall  business  strategy.  Our  strategic  plan  defines  and  guides  our 
investment  in  marketing  and  business  development  to  leverage  our  differentiators  and  target  priority  programs  and  growth 
markets. We maintain centralized business development resources to develop our corporate branding and marketing materials, 
support  proposal  preparation  and  planning,  conduct  market  research  and  manage  promotional  and  professional  activities, 
including appearances at trade shows, advertising and public relations. 

We  have  established  company-wide  growth  initiatives  that  reinforce  internal  coordination,  track  the  development  of 
new programs, identify and coordinate collective resources for major bids and help us build interdisciplinary teams and provide 
innovative  solutions  for  major  pursuits.  Our  growth  initiatives  provide  a  forum  for  cross-sector  collaboration,  access  to 
technical solutions and the development of interdisciplinary solutions. We continuously identify new markets that are consistent 
with our strategic plan and service offerings, and we leverage our full-service capabilities and internal coordination structure to 
develop and implement strategies to research, anticipate and position us for future procurements and emerging programs. Our 
Tetra  Tech  Delta  program  facilitates  access  and  exchange  of  technology  solutions  across  our  company,  through  the  use  of 
internal training, inventories and facilitated virtual networking events. 

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout Tetra 
Tech  with  the  support  of  company-wide  resources  and  expertise.  Our  project  managers  and  technical  staff  have  the  best 
understanding  of  our  clients'  needs  and  the  effect  of  client-specific  issues,  local  laws  and  regulations  and  procurement 
procedures.  Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to 
civic  and  professional  organizations  and  present  seminars  on  research  and  technical  applications.  Effective  development  of 
business is facilitated by each staff member's access to all of our service  offerings through our internal Tetra Tech Delta  and 
geographic  networks.  Our  strong  internal  networking  programs  help  our  professional  staff  members  to  pursue  new 
opportunities  for  both  existing  and  new  clients. These  networks  also  facilitate  our  ability  to  provide  services  throughout  the 
project life cycle from the early studies to operations and maintenance. Networking is further supported by our enterprise-wide 
knowledge management systems which include skills search tools, business development tracking and collaboration tools. 

To support our growth plans, we actively attract, recruit and retain key hires. Our combination of high-end science and 
consulting  coupled  with  practical  applications  provides  challenging  and  rewarding  opportunities  for  our  associates,  thereby 
enhancing  our  ability  to  recruit  and  retain  top  quality  talent.  Our  internal  networking  programs,  leadership  training, 
entrepreneurial  environment,  focus  on  Leading  with  Science®  and  global  project  portfolio  help  to  attract  and  retain  highly 
qualified individuals.

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions  advance  plans  to  add  new  technologies,  broaden  our  service  offerings,  add  contract  capacity  and  expand  our 
geographic  presence.  Our  long-established  experience  in  identifying  and  integrating  acquisitions  strengthens  our  ability  to 
integrate and rapidly leverage the resources of the acquired companies post-acquisition. 

Sustainability Program 

Tetra Tech supports clients in more than 100 countries around the world, helping them to solve complex problems and 
achieve  solutions  that  are  technically,  socially  and  economically  resilient.  Our  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services 

9 

focus on using innovative technologies and creative solutions to minimize environmental impacts and enhance social systems. 
Our greatest contribution toward sustainability is through the projects we perform every day for our clients, including recycling 
freshwater supplies, recycling waste products and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. In developing countries, we also support 
gender equality programs, strengthen land tenure and increase climate resiliency and adaptation. As a signatory of the United 
Nations Global Compact ("UNGC") on human rights, labor, environment and anti-corruption, Tetra Tech embraces the UNGC 
Ten Principles as part of the strategy, culture and daily operations of our company.

Our  Sustainability  Program  enhances  our  commitment  by  focusing  on  the  environmental,  social  and  governance 
impact  of  our  business  via  four  primary  pillars:  Projects –  the  solutions  we  provide  for  our  clients;  Procurement –  our 
procurement and subcontracting approaches; Processes – the internal policies and processes that promote sustainable practices, 
reduce  costs  and  minimize  environmental  impacts;  and  People  –  the  21,000  staff  at  Tetra  Tech  and  our  partners,  clients  and 
communities  worldwide.  Our  overarching  goal  is  to  improve  the  lives  of  one  billion  people  by  2030.  Because  our  biggest 
impact on the world is through the projects we perform for our clients, we are tracking the total number of lives improved from 
our  projects.  We  align  our  project  impact  analysis  with  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  ("GRI")  standards  and  the  United 
Nations  Sustainable  Development  Goals  ("SDG's"),  which  measure  social  benefit  and  aim  to reduce  poverty  in  communities 
around  the  world.  In  addition  to  our  1  Billion  People  Challenge,  we  report  on  our  operational  greenhouse  gas  emissions 
associated with Scope 1, 2 and 3 CO2e emissions. We also report on human capital metrics that align with our commitment to 
developing a thriving employee community, including gender balance, racial and ethnic diversity in our workforce, employee 
engagement and professional development.

Our  Sustainability  Program  is  led  by  our  Chief  Sustainability  Officer,  who  has  been  appointed  by  our  Board  of 
Directors  and  is  supported  by  other  key  corporate  and  operations  representatives  via  our  Sustainability  Council.  We 
continuously  implement  sustainability-related  policies  and  practices  and  assess  the  results  of  our  efforts  in  order  to  improve 
upon  them  in  the  future.  Tetra  Tech's  Board  of  Directors  Strategic  Planning  and  Enterprise  Risk  Management  Committee 
reviews and approves the Sustainability Program and evaluates our progress in achieving the goals and objectives outlined in 
our plan. As part of the UNGC, we fulfill the annual Communication on Progress via Tetra Tech's Sustainability Report Card 
that  is  published  on  Earth  Day.  Tetra  Tech  also  participates  in  the  Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Index  Corporate  Sustainability 
Assessment. 

Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans.  Due  to  our  reputation,  size,  financial  resources,  geographic  presence  and  range  of  services,  we  have  numerous 
opportunities  to  acquire  privately  and  publicly  held  companies  or  selected  portions  of  such  companies.  We  evaluate  an 
acquisition opportunity based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, the technologies and solutions 
they  provide  and  the  additional  new  geographies  and  clients  they  bring.  Also,  during  our  evaluation,  we  examine  an 
acquisition's  ability  to  drive  organic  growth,  its  accretive  effect  on  long-term  earnings  and  its  ability  to  generate  return  on 
investment.  Generally,  we  proceed  with  an  acquisition  if  we  believe  that  it  will  strategically  expand  our  service  offerings, 
improve our long-term financial performance and increase shareholder returns. 

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or 
equity, as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will 
ultimately increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with 
existing  clients  and  further  expand  our  lines  of  service. We  typically  pay  a  purchase  price  that  results  in  the  recognition  of 
goodwill, generally representing the intangible value of a successful business with an assembled workforce specialized in our 
areas of interest. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be 
successful  or  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  All 
acquisitions  require  the  approval  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  For  detailed  information  regarding  acquisitions,  see  Note 5, 
"Acquisitions" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Divestitures.        We  regularly  review  and  evaluate  our  existing  operations  to  determine  whether  our  business  model 
should  change  through  the  divestiture  of  certain  businesses. Accordingly,  from  time  to  time,  we  may  divest  or  wind-down 
certain non-core businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction.

Competition  

The  market  for  our  services  is  generally  competitive. We  often  compete  with  many  other  firms  ranging  from  small 

regional firms to large international firms. 

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy  and  international  development  markets.  Our  client  base  includes  U.S.  federal 
government  agencies  such  as  USAID,  the  DoD,  the  U.S.  Department  of  State,  the  U.S.  Department  of Energy ("DOE"),  the 
U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  ("EPA")  and  the  FAA;  U.S.  state  and  local  government  agencies;  government  and 
commercial clients in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom; the U.S. commercial sector, which consists primarily of large 

10 

industrial  companies  and  utilities;  and  our  international  commercial  clients.  Our  competition  varies  and  is  a  function  of  the 
business  areas  in  which,  and  the  client  sectors  for  which,  we  perform  our  services.  The  number  of  competitors  for  any 
procurement can vary widely, depending upon technical qualifications, the relative value of the project, geographic location, the 
financial  terms  and  risks  associated  with  the  work  and  any  restrictions  placed  upon  competition  by  the  client.  Historically, 
clients have chosen among competing firms by weighing the quality, innovation and timeliness of the firm's service versus its 
cost to determine which firm offers the best value. When less work becomes available in certain markets, price could become 
an increasingly important factor. 

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. 
We  believe  that  our  principal  competitors  include  the  following  firms,  in  alphabetical  order: AECOM; Arcadis NV;  Black & 
Veatch  Corporation;  Booz  Allen  Hamilton;  Brown &  Caldwell;  CDM  Smith Inc.;  Chemonics  International, Inc.; 
Exponent, Inc.;  GHD;  ICF  International, Inc.;  Jacobs  Engineering  Group Inc.;  Leidos, Inc.;  SAIC;  SNC-Lavalin  Group Inc.; 
Stantec Inc.; TRC Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc. 

Backlog  

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2022 will be recognized as revenue in 
fiscal  2023,  as  work  is  being  performed.  However,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  revenue  projected  in  our  backlog  will  be 
realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In addition, project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to 
contracts reflected in our backlog. For example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are 
terminable at the discretion of the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our 
revenue and margins. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Our  backlog  at  fiscal  2022  year-end  was  $3.7  billion,  an  increase  of  $264  million,  or  7.6%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2021 year-end.  Of  this  amount,  GSG  and  CIG  reported  $2.3  billion  and  $1.5  billion  of  backlog,  respectively,  at  fiscal  2022 
year-end.  

Regulations  

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations,  general  government  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  other  regulations  and  requirements  imposed  by  the 
specific government agencies with which we conduct business. 

Environmental.        A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  the  planning,  design  and  program  management  of 
pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at hazardous waste sites, U.S. 
Superfund  sites  and  military  bases.  In  addition,  we  contract  with  U.S.  federal  government  entities  to  destroy  hazardous 
materials. These activities require us to manage, handle, remove, treat, transport and dispose of toxic or hazardous substances.

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well 
as generators, transporters and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive to 
handle hazardous and toxic substances with care and in accordance with safe methods, the possibility of accidents, leaks, spills 
and events of force majeure always exist. Humans exposed to these materials, including workers or subcontractors engaged in 
the transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. This could 
result in lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human exposure to 
hazardous  or  toxic  materials,  or  a  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations,  could  result  in  substantial  costs,  including 
clean-up costs, fines, civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury or the cessation of 
remediation activities. 

Certain  of  our  business  operations  are  covered  by  U.S.  Public  Law  85-804,  which  provides  for  government 
indemnification  against  claims  and  damages  arising  out  of  unusually  hazardous  activities  performed  at  the  request  of  the 
government. Due to changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case 
of any future claims or liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform. 

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other 

rules and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations:

•

•

require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with the contract negotiations under 
certain contract types; 

impose  accounting  rules  that  define  allowable  and  unallowable  costs  and  otherwise  govern  our  right  to 
reimbursement under certain cost-based government contracts; and 

11 

•

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of 
certain products and technical data. 

In  addition,  services  provided  to  the  DoD  and  U.S.  federal  civil  agencies  are  monitored  by  the  Defense  Contract 
Management Agency and audited by the DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of 
our  government  contracts  are  subject  to  renewal  or  extension  annually.  Further,  the  services  we  provide  to  state  and  local 
government clients are subject to various government rules and regulations. 

Seasonality 

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half 
of our fiscal year, primarily due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S. and Canada), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our 
clients'  employees,  as  well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement 
weather  conditions  occasionally  cause  some  of  our offices  to  close  temporarily  or  may hamper  our  project  field  work  in  the 
northern hemisphere's temperate and arctic regions. These occurrences result in fewer billable hours worked on projects and, 
correspondingly, less revenue recognized. 

Potential Liability and Insurance  

Our business activities could expose us to potential liability under various laws and under workplace health and safety 
regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot predict the 
magnitude of such potential liabilities. 

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies.  We  believe  that  both  policies  provide  adequate  coverage  for  our  business.  When  we  perform  higher-risk  work,  we 
obtain, if available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients. 

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly  review  the  adequacy  of  our  insurance  coverage.  Because  there  are  various  exclusions  and  retentions  under  our 
policies, or an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by 
our insurance policies or paid by our carrier. 

We  evaluate  the  risk  associated  with  insurance  claims.  If  we  determine  that  a  loss  is  probable  and  reasonably 
estimable, we establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve is not established if we determine that a claim has no merit or is not 
probable  or  reasonably  estimable.  Our  historic  levels  of  insurance  coverage  and  reserves  have  been  adequate.  However, 
partially or completely uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

Human Capital Management  

Employees.    At  fiscal  2022 year-end,  we  had  approximately  21,000  staff  worldwide.  A  large  percentage  of  our 
employees have technical and professional backgrounds and undergraduate and/or advanced degrees, including the employees 
of  recently  acquired  companies.  Our  professional  staff  includes  archaeologists,  architects,  biologists,  chemical  engineers, 
chemists,  civil  engineers,  data  scientists,  computer  scientists,  economists,  electrical  engineers,  environmental  engineers, 
environmental  scientists,  geologists,  hydrogeologists,  mechanical  engineers,  software  engineers,  oceanographers,  project 
managers and toxicologists. We consider the current relationships with our employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any 
employment  circumstances  that  are  likely  to  disrupt  work  at  any  of  our  facilities.  See  Part I,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a 
discussion of the risks related to the loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

Health and Safety.  Tetra Tech is committed to providing and maintaining a healthy and safe work environment for our 
associates.  We  provide  training  to  all  associates  to  improve  their  understanding  of  behaviors  that  can  be  perceived  as 
discriminatory, exclusionary and/or harassing, and provide safe avenues for associates to report such behaviors.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.  Tetra Tech brings together engineers and technical specialists from all backgrounds to 
solve  our  clients'  most  challenging  problems.  Our  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion  Policy  guides  the  Board  of  Directors, 
management,  associates,  subcontractors  and  partners  in  developing  an  inclusive  culture.  Our  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion 
Council monitors Tetra Tech's diversity, equity and inclusion practices and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors 
and Chief Executive Officer for any changes or improvements to our program. 

Tetra Tech values diversity, equity and inclusion and undertakes various efforts throughout its operations to promote 

these initiatives. Our current efforts are focused on these primary areas: 

•

Equal  employment  opportunity.  Tetra  Tech  ensures  that  our  practices  and  processes  attract  a  diverse  range  of 
candidates, and those candidates are recruited, hired, assigned, developed and promoted based on merit and their 
alignment to our values. 

12 

•

Learning  and  development  opportunities.  To  support  our  associates  in  reaching  their  full  potential,  Tetra  Tech 
offers  a  wide  range  of  internal  and  external  learning  and  development  opportunities.  Education  assistance  is 
offered to financially support associates who seek to expand their knowledge and skill base. 

As  part  of  Tetra  Tech's  commitment  to  a  culture  of  inclusion,  our  Employee  Resource  Group  ("ERG")  Program 
broadens and enhances company-wide interaction opportunities for our employees. Tetra Tech's ERG is open to all associates 
and  involves  activities  for  both  employees  whose  background  is  the  focus  of  the  ERG  and  those  who  are  supportive  of  the 
group  (also  known  as  allies). These  global  networks  build  on  and  coordinate  with  the  many  local  networks  that  are  already 
active throughout our operations and include groups focused on the experiences of Black, Latino, Pan-Asian, Women, Veterans, 
Disabled and LGBTQIA+ employees and emerging professionals. 

Professional Development.   Tetra Tech invests  in the professional development of our associates. They are  provided 
with  training  in  leadership  development,  project  management  skills  and  interpersonal  skills  development.  Our  focused 
programs are designed, taught and facilitated by Tetra Tech leadership, consistent with our commitment to talent development. 
These programs include the following: 

•

•

•

•

•

Tetra  Tech  Leadership  Academy.  Tetra  Tech  Leadership  Academy  develops  our  high-potential  associates  from 
around the world into outstanding business leaders. Instructors for this intensive, year-long program are executive 
management and operational leaders. Participants are immersed in all aspects of the operations of Tetra Tech and 
complete challenging, real-world assignments designed to hone their leadership and management skills. 

Tech  1000  Challenge.  The  Tech  1000  Challenge  is  a  competition  to  create  the  most  innovative,  technology 
focused solution to a real client challenge. The event brings together employees from around the world to team up 
and  vie  for  the  technology  solutions  that  address  our  clients'  needs.  Participants  from  across  our  markets  form 
teams to focus on client needs, receive briefings on our Tetra Tech Delta technologies from their peers, and hone 
their skills in designing strategies and pitching client solutions. 

Project  Management  Training  Program.  Tetra  Tech  develops  Project  Managers  who  are  world  class  in  their 
abilities  and  performance.  Tetra  Tech's  Project  Excellence  Steering  Committee  sponsors  the  development  and 
implementation  of  our  comprehensive  Project  Management  Training  Program.  The  training  program  has  been 
designed  to  address  all  areas  of  the  project  life  cycle.  Tetra  Tech's  Project  Management  Training  Program  is 
available to all employees and is focused on professional development, techniques for managing high-end projects 
and  how  to  employ  enterprise  systems  and  dashboards.  Our  Project  Management  Training  Program  provides 
comprehensive  training  in  high-end  project  leadership  skills  through  online  training,  virtual  workshops  and  in-
person events. 

Fearless  Entrepreneur  Program.  Through  this  program,  Tetra  Tech  develops  client-oriented,  business-minded 
professionals  who  are  driven  to  understand  and  meet  the  needs  of  our  clients.  Developing  professionals  are 
challenged  and  mentored  through  a  process  of  building  client  relationships.  Participants  take  part  in  group 
discussions in a classroom setting and then are required to implement learned strategies with actual and potential 
clients. 

Tetra Tech Technology Transfer  (T4) and ToolTalk Webcast Series. Tetra Tech holds  webcasts to help associates 
around the world share technical resources and enhance their use of available internal tools and to provide better 
service to clients. Through the T4 and ToolTalk Webcast Series, Tetra Tech experts present and lead discussions 
about new technologies and programs, best practices and opportunities for growth across our company. 

By  offering  our  associates  meaningful  work  and  career  development,  Tetra  Tech  is  well  positioned  to  continue  its 

growth through recruitment, development and retention of the best talent in the industry.        

13 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers at November 22, 2022: 

Name
Dan L. Batrack

Age
  64  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Position

Mr. Batrack joined our predecessor in 1980 and was named Chairman in January 
2008.  He  has  served  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  director  since 
November  2005,  and  as  our  President  from  October  2008  to  September  2019. 
Mr. Batrack has served in numerous capacities over the last 40 years, including 
arctic  research  scientist,  deep  water  oceanographic  hydrographer,  coastal 
hydrodynamic  modeler,  environmental  data  analyst,  project  and  program 
manager, President of the Engineering  Division, and  in 2004  he was appointed 
Chief Operating Officer. He has managed complex programs for many small and 
Fortune  500  clients,  both  in  the  United  States  and  internationally.  Mr.  Batrack 
holds  a  B.A.  degree  in  Business  Administration  from  the  University  of 
Washington. 

Jill Hudkins

  51  President 

Ms.  Hudkins  was  appointed President  in  October  2022. Ms.  Hudkins  has  been 
with  us  for  over  24  years  in  increasingly  responsible  positions.  She  served  as 
President  of  the  Resilient  &  Sustainable  Infrastructure  Division  from  October 
2021 to October 2022, President of the IEW Operating Unit from April 2021 to 
October  2022  and Vice  President  and  Growth  Initiatives  Program  Leader  from 
October  2019  to  October  2022.  Prior  to  this,  Ms.  Hudkins  served  as  Vice 
President  and  One  Water  Leader  from  May  2015  to  October  2019.  She  is  a 
registered  Professional  Engineer  and  is  a  nationally  recognized  expert  in  high-
end innovative water treatment solutions. Ms. Hudkins holds a master's degree 
in  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  and  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 
from Duke University.

Steven M. Burdick

  58  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Burdick has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
since April 2011. He served as our Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller 
and  Chief Accounting  Officer  from  January  2004  to  March  2011.  Mr. Burdick 
joined  us  in  April  2003  as  Vice  President,  Management  Audit.  Previously, 
Mr. Burdick  served  in  senior  financial  and  executive  positions  with  Aura 
Systems, Inc., TRW Ventures, and Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Burdick holds a B.S. 
degree in Business Administration from Santa Clara University and is a Certified 
Public Accountant.

14 

Name

Leslie Shoemaker

Age

Position

  65  Executive Vice President, Chief Sustainability and Leadership Development 

Officer 

Dr. Shoemaker was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Sustainability and 
Leadership  Development  Officer  in  October  2022  after  serving  as Tetra Tech's 
President  since  September  2019.  Dr.  Shoemaker  joined  us  in  1991,  and  has 
served  in  various  management  capacities,  including  project  and  program 
manager, water resources manager and business group president. From 2005 to 
2015,  she  led  our  strategic  planning,  business  development  and  company-wide 
collaboration  programs.  Her  technical  expertise  is  in  the management  of  large-
scale watershed and master planning studies, development of modeling tools and 
application of optimization tools for decision making. Since the inception of our 
sustainability  program  in  2010,  she  has  served  as  Chief  Sustainability  Officer 
leading  the  formation  and  evolution  of  the  program.  Dr. Shoemaker  has 
facilitated  leadership  development  for  Tetra  Tech's  Leadership  Academy 
program. Dr. Shoemaker holds a B.A. in Mathematics from Hamilton College, a 
Master  of  Engineering  from  Cornell  University  and  a  Ph.D.  in  Agricultural 
Engineering from the University of Maryland. She was inducted into the United 
States' National Academy of Engineers in 2022.

Derek G. Amidon

  55  Senior Vice President, President of CIG and the Client Account Management 

Division of CIG 

Mr. Amidon was appointed President of CIG in September 2019, in addition to 
his  role  as  President  of  CIG's  Client  Account  Management  Division.  Mr. 
Amidon  has  served  as  a  project  manager,  key  account  manager,  operations 
manager  and  regional  manager  since  joining  us  in  2012.  He  has  managed  a 
variety of complex, high profile programs for key clients, including Fortune 100 
companies.  His  focus  has  been  on  leading  high  value  consulting  services  that 
deliver  scientific,  engineering  and  regulatory  solutions  for  challenging 
environmental, engineering, permitting and public relations problems for energy, 
industrial,  institutional  and  custodial  trust  clients.  He  has  managed  projects  in 
the U.S., Africa, Australia, Europe and the Caribbean. In addition to experience 
in  both  public  and  private  consulting  and  engineering  firms  over  his  25-year 
career,  Mr. Amidon  also  served  in  a  variety  of  business  leadership  and  project 
development  roles  at  Hess  Corporation,  a  leading  independent  oil  and  gas 
company. Mr. Amidon is a registered Professional Engineer. He holds B.S. and 
M.S. degrees in Civil Engineering from Brigham Young University and a M.S. 
in Management from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Roger R. Argus

  61  Senior Vice President, President of GSG and the U.S. Government Division of 

GSG

Mr. Argus is a chemical engineer with 37 years of experience, including 29 years 
with us in operational leadership, program and project management and quality 
assurance  for  projects  encompassing  a  broad  spectrum  of  environmental, 
engineering,  information  technology  and  disaster  management  services.  Mr. 
Argus  has  also  been  responsible  for  managing  multidisciplinary  contracts  and 
projects  in  support  of  the  U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  U.S.  Navy,  the  U.S. 
Army  Corps  of  Engineers  ("USACE")  and  the  EPA),  state  and  municipal 
agencies  and  private  clients  nationwide.  The  scope  of  his  technical  experience 
includes  planning  and  directing  environmental  programs,  developing  data 
acquisition, management and analytics solutions, fund research and development 
support for innovative environmental technologies and waste treatment systems, 
municipal  resiliency  and  sustainability  programs.  Mr.  Argus  holds  a  B.S.  in 
Chemical Engineering from California State University, Long Beach.

15 

Name

Brian N. Carter

Age

Position

  55  Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Mr. Carter  joined  us  as  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief 
Accounting  Officer  in  June  2011  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  in 
October 2012. Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in 
private  industry  and  with  Ernst &  Young LLP.  Mr. Carter  holds  a  B.S.  in 
Business  Administration  from  Miami  University  and  is  a  Certified  Public 
Accountant.

Preston Hopson

  46  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr.  Hopson  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and 
Secretary to the Board of Directors in January 2018. He also serves as the Chief 
Compliance Officer and is responsible for the global Human Resources function. 
For the prior 10 years, Mr. Hopson served as Vice President, Assistant General 
Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary at AECOM. Prior to this, he was with 
O’Melveny  &  Myers  LLP  and  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals.  Mr.  Hopson  holds 
B.A. and J.D. degrees from Yale University.

16 

Available Information  

Our internet website address is www.tetratech.com. We made available, free electronic copies of our annual reports on 
Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  through  the 
“Investor  Relations”  portion  of  our  website,  under  the  heading  “SEC  Filings”  filed  under  “Financial  Information.”  These 
reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). These reports, and any amendments to them, are also available at the Internet website of the 
SEC, https://www.sec.gov. Also available on our website are our Corporate Governance Policies, Board Committees, Corporate 
Code of Conduct and Finance Code of Professional Conduct.  

Item 1A.    Risk Factors 

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the 
SEC  are  descriptions  of  the  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results 
contemplated  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report.  Additional  risks  we  do  not  yet  know  of  or  that  we 
currently think are immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the 
following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Business and Operations Risk Factors 

Continuing worldwide political, social and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The last several years have been periodically marked by political, social and economic concerns, including decreased 
consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and inflation. Ongoing instability and current 
conflicts in global markets, including Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Asia, and the potential for other conflicts and future 
terrorist  activities  and  other  recent  geopolitical  events  throughout  the  world,  including  Russia's  invasion  of  Ukraine,  have 
created  and  may  continue  to  create  economic  and  political  uncertainties  and  impacts. This  instability  can  make  it  extremely 
difficult  for  our  clients,  our  vendors  and  us  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities,  and  could  cause 
constrained  spending  on  our  services,  delays  and  a  lengthening  of  our  business  development  efforts,  the  demand  for  more 
favorable  pricing  or  other  terms  and/or  difficulty  in  collection  of  our  accounts  receivable.  Our  government  clients  may  face 
budget  deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  proposed  and  existing  projects.  Further,  ongoing  economic  instability  in  the 
global  markets  could  limit  our  ability  to  access  the  capital  markets  at  a  time  when  we  would  like,  or  need,  to  raise  capital, 
which  could  have  an  impact  on  our  ability  to  react  to  changing  business  conditions  or  new  opportunities.  If  economic 
conditions remain uncertain or  weaken, or government spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability could be adversely 
affected. 

Changes in tax laws could increase our tax rate and materially affect our results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  tax  laws  in  the  United  States  and  numerous  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  current  U.S.  presidential 
administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive tax reform. In addition, many 
international  legislative  and  regulatory  bodies  have  proposed  and/or  enacted  legislation  that  could  significantly  impact  how 
U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Many of these proposed and enacted changes to the taxation of 
our activities could increase our effective tax rate and harm our results of operations. 

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen or client spending declines further, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate. 

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects.  Our  business  traditionally  lags  the  overall  recovery  in  the  economy;  therefore,  our  business  may  not  recover 
immediately when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen or client spending 
declines,  then  our  revenue,  profits  and  overall  financial  condition  may  deteriorate.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget 
deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  new  or  existing  projects.  In  addition,  our  existing  and  potential  clients  may  either 
postpone entering into new contracts or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some 
of our clients to demand better pricing terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number 
of  days  our  receivables  are  outstanding  and  the  potential  of  increased  credit  losses  of  uncollectible  invoices.  Further,  these 
conditions may result in the inability of some of our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we are not 
able  to  reduce  our  costs  quickly  enough  to  respond  to  the  revenue  decline  from  these  clients,  our  operating  results  may  be 
adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas 
that may be adversely impacted by market conditions. 

Our international operations expose us to legal, political and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results. 

17 

In fiscal 2022, we generated 31.0% of our revenue from our international operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, 
the  United  Kingdom  and  from  international  clients  for  work  that  is  performed  by  our  domestic  operations.  International 
business is subject to a variety of risks, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

imposition of governmental controls and changes in laws, regulations or policies; 

lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights; 

greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles; 

currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations and other conversion restrictions; 

uncertain and changing tax rules, regulations and rates; 

the  potential  for  civil  unrest,  acts  of  terrorism,  force  majeure,  war  or  other  armed  conflict  and  greater  physical 
security risks, which may cause us to have to leave a country quickly;  

logistical and communication challenges; 

changes in regulatory practices, including trade policies, tariffs and taxes; 

changes in labor conditions; 

general economic, political and financial conditions in foreign markets; and  

exposure to civil or criminal liability under the  U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”),  the  U.K. Bribery 
Act, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, the Brazilian Clean Companies Act, the anti-boycott 
rules, trade and export control regulations as well as other international regulations. 

For example, the Province of Quebec has adopted legislation that requires businesses and individuals seeking contracts 
with  governmental  bodies  be  certified  by  a  Quebec  regulatory  authority  for  contracts  over  a  specified  size.  Our  failure  to 
maintain certification could adversely affect our business.

International  risks  and  violations  of  international  regulations  may  significantly  reduce  our  revenue  and  profits,  and 
subject  us  to  criminal  or  civil  enforcement  actions,  including  fines,  suspensions  or  disqualification  from  future  U.S.  federal 
procurement  contracting.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  monitor  legal  and  regulatory  compliance,  our 
employees,  subcontractors  and  agents  could  take  actions  that  violate  these  requirements.  As  a  result,  our  international  risk 
exposure may be more or less than the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations. 

Our  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  health  outbreaks  such  as  the  coronavirus  disease  2019 
("COVID-19") pandemic. 

A significant outbreak, epidemic or pandemic of contagious diseases in any geographic area in which we operate could 
result in a health crisis adversely affecting the economies, financial markets and overall demand for our services in such areas. 
In addition, any preventative or protective actions that  governments implement or that we take  in response to a health crisis, 
such as travel restrictions, quarantines or site closures, may interfere with the ability of our employees and vendors to perform 
their responsibilities. Such results could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

The  recent  global  COVID-19  pandemic  has  created  significant  volatility,  uncertainty  and  economic  disruption.  The 
extent to which future health outbreaks could impact our business, operations and financial results would depend on numerous 
evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the outbreak; governmental, 
business  and  individuals’  actions,  including  vaccination  requirements,  taken  in  response  to  the  outbreak;  the  impact  of  the 
outbreak on economic activity and actions taken in response; the effect on our clients’ demand for our services; our ability to 
provide our services; the ability of our clients to pay for our services or their need to seek reductions of our fees; any closures of 
our and our  clients’  offices and facilities; and the need for enhanced health and hygiene requirements or  social distancing or 
other measures in attempts to counteract future outbreaks in our offices and facilities. Clients could also slow down decision-
making, delay planned work or seek to terminate existing agreements. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

The United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union could have an adverse effect on our business and financial 
results.

In March 2017, the United Kingdom government initiated a process to withdraw from the European Union ("Brexit") 
and  began  negotiating  the  terms  of  the  separation.  Brexit  has  created  substantial  economic  and  political  uncertainty  and 
volatility  in  currency  exchange  rates,  and  the  terms  of  the  United  Kingdom's  withdrawal  from  the  European  Union  remain 
uncertain. The uncertainty created by Brexit may cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce demand for our 
services and may ultimately result in new legal regulatory and cost challenges for our United Kingdom and global operations. 
Any of these events could adversely affect our United Kingdom, European and overall business and financial results. 

We  derive  a  substantial  amount  of  our  revenue  from  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  government  agencies,  and  any 
disruption in government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business. 

18 

In fiscal 2022, we generated 47.6% of our revenue from contracts with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A  significant  amount  of  this  revenue  is  derived  under  multi-year  contracts,  many  of  which  are  appropriated  on  an 
annual basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding 
is  normally  committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of 
payment  of  appropriated  amounts,  may  be  influenced  by  numerous  factors  as  noted  below.  Our  backlog  includes  only  the 
projects that have funding appropriated. 

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
Accordingly, the success and further development of our business depends, in large part, upon the continued funding of these 
U.S.  government  programs,  and  upon  our  ability  to  obtain  contracts  and  perform  well  under  these  programs.  A  significant 
reduction in federal government spending, the absence of a bipartisan agreement on the federal government budget, a partial or 
full  federal  government  shutdown  or  a  change  in  budgetary  priorities  could  reduce  demand  for our  services,  cancel  or  delay 
federal projects, result in the closure of federal facilities and significant personnel reductions and have a material and adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their 
rights  to  terminate  contracts  or  not  to  exercise  contract  options  for  renewals  or  extensions.  Such  factors,  which  include  the 
following,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue  or  the  timing  of  contract  payments  from  U.S.  government 
agencies: 

• 
• 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the failure of the U.S. government to complete its budget and appropriations process before its fiscal year-end;

changes in and delays or cancellations of government programs, procurements, requirements or appropriations;
budget constraints or policy changes resulting in delay or curtailment of expenditures related to the services we 
provide; 

re-competes of government contracts; 

the timing and amount of tax revenue received by federal, state  and local governments, and the overall level of 
government expenditures; 

curtailment in the use of government contracting firms; 

delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts; 

the increasing preference by government agencies for contracting with small and disadvantaged businesses; 

competing  political  priorities  and  changes  in  the  political  climate  regarding  the  funding  or  operation  of  the 
services we provide; 

the  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  affecting  our  contracting  relationships  with  the  federal,  state  or  local 
governments; 

unsatisfactory  performance  on  government  contracts  by  us  or  one  of  our  subcontractors,  negative  government 
audits or other events that may impair our relationship with federal, state or local governments; 

a dispute with or improper activity by any of our subcontractors; and 

general economic or political conditions. 

Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  U.S.  government  contracts  during  regulated  procurement  processes  could  harm  our 
operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly  relied upon multi-year contracts with pre-established terms and conditions,  such  as indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage 
in an additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and 
of  shorter  duration,  since  the  orders  represent  individual  tasks  rather  than  large,  programmatic  assignments.  In  addition,  we 
believe that  there has been an increase  in  the  award of federal contracts based on  a low-price, technically acceptable criteria 
emphasizing  price  over  qualitative  factors,  such  as  past  performance.  As  a  result,  pricing  pressure  may  reduce  our  profit 
margins on future federal contracts. The increased competition and pricing pressure, in turn, may require us to make sustained 
efforts to reduce costs in order to realize revenue, and profits under government contracts. If we are not successful in reducing 
the amount of costs we incur, our profitability on government contracts will be negatively impacted. Moreover, even if we are 
qualified  to  work  on  a  government  contract,  we  may  not  be  awarded  the  contract  because  of  existing  government  policies 
designed  to  protect  small  businesses  and  under-represented  minority  contractors.  Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  government 
contracts during regulated procurement processes could harm our operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

19 

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported  financing.  If  adequate  public  funding  is  delayed  or  is  not  available,  then  our  profits  and  revenue  could 
decline.  

Each  year,  client funding for some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  directly or  indirectly  rely  on  government 
appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may  appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-year basis, 
even though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as U.S. state and 
local municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, an economic downturn may make it 
more  difficult  for  U.S.  state  and  local  governments  to  fund  projects.  In  addition  to  the  state  of  the  economy  and  competing 
political  priorities,  public  funds  and  the  timing  of  payment  of  these  funds  may  be  influenced  by,  among  other  things, 
curtailments  in  the  use  of  government  contracting  firms,  increases  in  raw  material  costs,  delays  associated  with  insufficient 
numbers  of  government  staff  to  oversee  contracts,  budget  constraints,  the  timing  and  amount  of  tax  receipts  and  the  overall 
level of government expenditures. If adequate public funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and revenue could 
decline.  

Our U.S. federal government contracts may give government agencies the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate or 
terminate existing contracts at their convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in 
our profits and revenue. 

U.S.  federal  government  projects  in  which  we  participate  as  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  may  extend  for  several 
years.  Generally,  government  contracts  include  the  right  to  modify,  delay,  curtail,  renegotiate  or  terminate  contracts  and 
subcontracts at the government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a U.S. federal government 
client to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate or terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits 
and revenue. 

As  a  U.S.  government  contractor,  we  must  comply  with  various  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  are  subject  to 
regular government audits;  a violation of  any of  these laws and  regulations or the  failure  to pass a government audit 
could  result in  sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture  of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an 
eligible government contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue. 

We  must  comply  with  and  are  affected  by  U.S.  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations Act, CAS, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Services Contract Act, the  DoD  security 
regulations as well as many other rules and regulations. In addition, we must comply with other government regulations related 
to  employment  practices,  environmental  protection,  health  and  safety,  tax,  accounting,  anti-fraud  measures  as  well  as  many 
other regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations affect how we do business 
with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Although we take precautions to 
prevent and deter fraud, misconduct and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees or outside partners may engage in 
misconduct, fraud or other improper activities. U.S. government agencies, such as the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate 
government  contractors.  These  government  agencies  review  and  audit  a  government  contractor’s  performance  under  its 
contracts and cost structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. In addition, during the 
course of its audits, the DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes we have accounted for such costs 
in a manner inconsistent with the requirements for FAR or CAS, the DCAA auditor may recommend to our U.S. government 
corporate  administrative  contracting  officer  that  such  costs  be  disallowed.  Historically,  we  have  not  experienced  significant 
disallowed costs as a result of government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that the DCAA or other government 
audits  will  not  result  in  material  disallowances  for  incurred  costs  in  the  future.  In  addition,  U.S.  government  contracts  are 
subject to various other requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting for these contracts. 
We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. government under the Federal 
Civil False Claims Act, which could include claims for treble damages. For example, as discussed elsewhere in this report, on 
January  14,  2019,  the  Civil  Division  of  the  United  States Attorney's  Office  filed  complaints  in  intervention  in  three  qui  tam 
actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc., in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. U.S. 
government contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties or sanctions, contract termination, 
forfeiture  of  profit  and/or  suspension  of  payment,  any  of  which  could  make  us  lose  our  status  as  an  eligible  government 
contractor.  We  could  also  suffer  serious  harm  to  our  reputation.  Any  interruption  or  termination  of  our  U.S.  government 
contractor status could reduce our profits and revenue significantly. 

If we extend a significant portion of our credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience 
disproportionately  high  levels  of  collection  risk  and  nonpayment  if  those  clients  are  adversely  affected  by  factors 
particular to their geographic area or industry. 

Our  clients  include  public  and  private  entities  that  have  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  negatively  impacted  by  the 
changing landscape in the global economy. While outside of the U.S. federal government no single client accounted for over 

20 

10% of our revenue for fiscal 2022, we face collection risk as a normal part of our business where we perform services and 
subsequently  bill  our  clients  for  such  services.  In  the  event  that  we  have  concentrated  credit  risk  from  clients  in  a  specific 
geographic area or industry, continuing negative trends or a worsening in the financial condition of that specific geographic area 
or  industry  could  make  us  susceptible  to  disproportionately  high  levels  of  default  by  those  clients.  Such  defaults  could 
materially adversely impact our revenues and our results of operations. 

We  have  made  and  expect  to  continue  to  make  acquisitions. Acquisitions  could  disrupt  our  operations  and  adversely 
impact our business and operating results. Our failure to conduct due diligence effectively or our inability to successfully 
integrate  acquisitions  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could  weaken  our 
results of operations.

A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden 
our  technical  capabilities  and  geographic  presence.  However,  our  ability  to  make  acquisitions  is  restricted  under  our  credit 
agreement. Acquisitions involve  certain known and unknown risks that  could cause our  actual growth or operating results to 
differ from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts. For example:

•

•

•

•

•

•

we  may not be able  to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to acquire additional companies on acceptable 
terms; 

we are pursuing international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risk than domestic acquisitions; 

we  compete with others  to acquire companies,  which may result in decreased availability  of, or increased price 
for, suitable acquisition candidates; 

we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential 
acquisitions; 

we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and 

acquired companies may not perform as we expect, and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits. 

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at 
target companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. The integration process may 
disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full benefits expected by us and could 
harm  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the  overall  integration  of  the  combining  companies  may  result  in  unanticipated 
problems,  expenses,  liabilities  and  competitive  responses,  and  may  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline.  The  difficulties  of 
integrating an acquisition include, among others: 

•

•

issues in integrating information, communications and other systems; 

incompatibility of logistics, marketing and administration methods; 

• maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees; 

•

•

•

•

integrating the business cultures of both companies; 

preserving important strategic client relationships; 

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; and 

coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations. 

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of 
the  acquisition,  including  the  synergies,  cost  savings  or  growth  opportunities  that  we  expect.  These  benefits  may  not  be 
achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.  

Further, acquisitions may cause us to: 

•

•

•

• 

•

•

•

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage; 

use a substantial portion of our cash resources; 

increase  our  interest  expense,  leverage  and  debt  service  requirements  (if  we  incur  additional  debt  to  fund  an 
acquisition); 

assume  liabilities,  including  undisclosed,  contingent  or  environmental  liabilities,  for  which  we  do  not  have 
indemnification  from  the  former  owners.  Further,  indemnification  obligations  may  be  subject  to  dispute  or 
concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;
record  goodwill  and  non-amortizable  intangible  assets  that  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  and  potential 
impairment charges; 

experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability 
estimates;  

incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; 

21 

•

•

•

lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues; 

incur large and immediate write-offs; or 

become subject to litigation. 

Finally, acquired companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue from the U.S. federal government and do 
not follow the same cost accounting policies and billing practices that we follow may be subject to larger cost disallowances for 
greater  periods  than  we  typically  encounter.  If  we  fail  to  determine  the  existence  of  unallowable  costs  and  do  not  establish 
appropriate reserves at acquisition, we may be exposed to material unanticipated liabilities, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business. 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced. 

Because we have historically acquired a significant number of companies, goodwill and intangible assets represent a 
substantial portion of our assets. As of October 2, 2022, our goodwill was $1.1 billion and other intangible assets were $29.2 
million. We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test for potential impairment at least on an annual basis. We also 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indications of impairment are present based 
on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall  operations.  The 
goodwill  impairment  test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the  components  one  level 
below our reportable segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, including assumptions 
about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and market valuations to 
help  determine  fair  value.  To  the  extent  economic  conditions  that  would  impact  the  future  operations  of  our  reporting  units 
change, our goodwill may be deemed to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in 
a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. For example, we had goodwill impairment of $15.8 
million in fiscal 2020. We had no goodwill impairment in fiscal 2021 and 2022. 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments  to  foreign  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  The  U.K.  Bribery Act  of  2010 
prohibits  both  domestic  and  international  bribery,  as  well  as  bribery  across  both  private  and  public  sectors.  In  addition,  an 
organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the U.K. Bribery 
Act  unless  the  organization  can  establish  the  defense  of  having  implemented  “adequate  procedures”  to  prevent  bribery. 
Improper payments are also prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean 
Companies  Act.  Local  business  practices  in  many  countries  outside  the  United  States  create  a  greater  risk  of  government 
corruption than that found in the United States and other more developed countries. Our policies mandate compliance with anti-
bribery  laws,  and  we  have  established  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  monitor  compliance  with  anti-bribery  law 
requirements;  however, we  cannot ensure that  our policies and procedures will protect  us from potential  reckless or  criminal 
acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer 
from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export laws. 

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international  laws  and  regulations  governing  international  trade  and  exports,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  International 
Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries. A failure 
to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  including  the  imposition  of  fines,  the 
denial of export privileges and suspension or debarment from participation in U.S. government contracts, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business. 

If we fail to complete a project in a timely manner, miss a required performance standard or otherwise fail to adequately 
perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. 

Our  engagements  often  involve  large-scale,  complex  projects.  The  quality  of  our  performance  on  such  projects 
depends  in  large  part  upon  our  ability  to  manage  the  relationship  with  our  clients  and  our  ability  to  effectively  manage  the 
project and deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may 
commit to a client that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We may also commit that a project, when completed, 
will  achieve  specified performance  standards.  If  the project  is  not  completed by  the  scheduled  date  or fails  to  meet  required 
performance  standards,  we  may  either  incur  significant  additional  costs  or  be  held  responsible  for  the  costs  incurred  by  the 
client to rectify damages due to late completion or failure to achieve the required performance standards. The uncertainty of the 
timing of a project can present difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed 
or  canceled,  we  may  bear  the  cost  of  an  underutilized  workforce  that  was  dedicated  to  fulfilling  the  project.  In  addition, 
performance  of  projects  can  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  unavoidable  delays  from 
government  inaction,  public  opposition,  inability  to  obtain  financing,  weather  conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials, 

22 

changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial  accidents,  environmental  hazards  and  labor 
disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project could exceed our estimates, and we could experience 
reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any 
defects or errors, or failures  to meet our clients’ expectations, could  result in claims for  damages against  us. Failure  to meet 
performance standards or complete performance on a timely basis could also adversely affect our reputation. 

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively. 

As primarily a professional and technical services company, we are labor-intensive and, therefore, our ability to attract, 
retain  and  expand  our  senior  management  and  our  professional  and  technical  staff  is  an  important  factor  in  determining  our 
future  success. The market  for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive  and, from time to time, it may be difficult to 
attract and retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, 
some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  require us  to employ  only  individuals  who  have  particular  government  security 
clearance  levels.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  retain  executives  and  other  key  personnel,  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of 
those employees will need to be filled, which may require that we devote time and resources to identify, hire and integrate new 
employees. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect our business. Our failure to attract and 
retain key individuals could impair our ability to provide services to our clients and conduct our business effectively.

Our  revenue  and  growth  prospects  may  be  harmed  if  we  or  our  employees  are  unable  to  obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers. 

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are unable  to obtain  or retain the necessary eligibility, we may not be able to win  new  business,  and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the 
required  security  clearances  for  our  employees  working  on  a  particular  contract,  we  may  not  derive  the  revenue  or  profit 
anticipated from such contract. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that  we use to prepare  our 
consolidated financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. 
("U.S.  GAAP"),  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  as  of  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. These  estimates  and  assumptions  affect  the  reported values  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses  as well  as 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on 
the  proportion  of  costs  incurred  to  date  compared  to  the  total  costs  estimated  to  be  incurred  for  the  entire  project.  Areas 
requiring significant estimates by our management include: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  application  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  and  revenue  recognition  on  contracts, 
change orders and contract claims, including related unbilled accounts receivable; 

unbilled  accounts  receivable,  including  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that 
provide for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only 
when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable;   

provisions  for  uncollectible  receivables,  client  claims  and  recoveries  of  costs  from  subcontractors,  vendors  and 
others; 

provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation  allowances  and  unrecognized  tax 
benefits; 

value of goodwill and recoverability of intangible assets; 

valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations; 

valuation of contingent earn-out liabilities recorded in connection with business combinations;   

valuation of employee benefit plans;  

valuation of stock-based compensation expense; and 

accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

Our  actual  business  and  financial  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  may  significantly  reduce  or 

eliminate our profits. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce. 

23 

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The 

rate at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  ability  to  transition  employees  from  completed projects  to  new  assignments  and  to hire  and  assimilate  new 
employees; 

our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our  services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our 
geographies and operating units; 

our ability to engage employees in assignments during natural disasters or pandemics; 

our ability to manage attrition; 

our need to devote time and resources to training, business development, professional development and other non-
chargeable activities; and  

our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace. 

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If 

we under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer. 

Our  use  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  revenue  recognition  could  result  in  a  reduction  or  reversal  of 
previously recorded revenue and profits. 

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our 
use of this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of 
costs incurred to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue 
and costs, including the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts 
are  known  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Such  revisions  could  occur  in  any  period  and  their  effects  could  be  material. 
Although we have historically made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, 
the uncertainties inherent in the estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including 
reductions or reversals of previously recorded revenue and profit. 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. Specifically, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings. 

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins  and  profitability.  We  generally  enter  into  three  principal  types  of  contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-
materials and cost-plus.  

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-
price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number 
of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost over-runs on our contracts. 
Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about 
future economic conditions, costs and availability of labor, equipment and materials and other exigencies. We could experience 
cost over-runs if these  estimates are originally inaccurate as a  result of errors or ambiguities in the  contract  specifications or 
become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, 
unanticipated  technical  problems,  difficulties  in  obtaining  permits  or  approvals,  changes  in  local  laws  or  labor  conditions, 
weather  delays,  changes  in  the  costs  of  raw  materials  or  the  inability  of  our  vendors  or  subcontractors  to  perform.  If  cost 
overruns occur, we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is significant, or if 
there are one or  more  common issues that  impact  multiple projects, costs overruns could increase  the unpredictability of our 
earnings, as well as have a material adverse impact on our business and earnings. 

Under  our  time-and-materials  contracts,  we  are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing  rates  and  paid  for  other 
expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by  billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these 
contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we 
are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling 
or  are  not  allowable  under  the  provisions  of  the  contract  or  any  applicable  regulations,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain 
reimbursement for all of the costs we incur. 

Profitability on our contracts is driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors and 
material suppliers. If we are unable to accurately estimate and manage our costs, we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease  our operating margins and significantly reduce or  eliminate our profits. Certain of  our contracts require  us to 
satisfy specific design, engineering, procurement or construction milestones in order to receive payment for the work completed 
or  equipment  or  supplies  procured  prior  to  achievement  of  the  applicable  milestone.  As  a  result,  under  these  types  of 

24 

arrangements, we may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client 
determines not to proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face 
difficulties in collecting payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended 
to purchase equipment or supplies. 

Accounting for  a  contract  requires  judgments  relative  to  assessing  the  contract’s  estimated  risks,  revenue,  costs  and 
other technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue and cost at 
completion is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances or estimates may 
also adversely affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on 
a contract, then we may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract. 

Our  failure  to  adequately  recover  on  claims  brought  by  us  against  clients  for  additional  contract  costs  could  have  a 
negative impact on our liquidity and profitability. 

We have brought claims against clients for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in 
the original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as client-caused delays or changes from the initial 
project  scope,  both  of  which  may  result  in  additional  cost.  Often,  these  claims  can  be  the  subject  of  lengthy  arbitration  or 
litigation  proceedings,  and  it is  difficult  to  accurately  predict  when  these  claims  will  be  fully  resolved. When  these  types  of 
events occur and unresolved claims are pending, we have used working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the 
resolution of the relevant claims. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a negative impact on our 
liquidity and profitability. 

Our  failure  to  win  new  contracts  and  renew  existing  contracts  with  private  and  public  sector  clients  could  adversely 
affect our profitability. 

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which 
is affected by a number of factors. These factors include market conditions, financing arrangements and required governmental 
approvals.  If  negative  market  conditions  arise,  or  if  we  fail  to  secure  adequate  financial  arrangements  or  the  required 
government approval, we may not be able to pursue certain projects, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

Our  expected  future  growth  presents  numerous  managerial,  administrative,  operational  and  other  challenges.  Our 
ability to manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and 
our other internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate and retain 
both  our  management  and  professional  employees.  The  inability  to  effectively  manage  our  growth  or  the  inability  of  our 
employees to achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results. 

Our backlog at October 2, 2022 was $3.7 billion, an increase of $263.9 million, or 7.6%, compared to the end of fiscal 
2021.  We  include  in  backlog  only  those  contracts  for  which  funding  has  been  provided  and  work  authorizations  have  been 
received. We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In 
addition,  project  cancellations  or  scope  adjustments  may  occur,  from  time  to  time,  with  respect  to  contracts  reflected  in  our 
backlog.  For  example,  certain  of  our  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  clients  are  terminable  at  the 
discretion  of  the  client,  with  or  without  cause.  These  types  of  backlog  reductions  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and 
margins. As a result of these factors, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We  develop,  install  and  maintain  information  technology  systems  for  ourselves,  as  well  as  for  customers.  Client 
contracts for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to 
manage  and  protect  sensitive  and  confidential  information,  including  federal  and  other  government  information,  from 
disclosure.  We  also  need  to  protect  our  own  internal  trade  secrets  and  other  business  confidential  information,  as  well  as 
personal data of our employees and contractors, from disclosure. For example, the European Union's General Data Protection 
Regulation  ("GDPR")  extends  the  scope  of  the  European  Union  data  protection  laws  to  all  companies  processing  data  of 
European Union residents, regardless of the company's location. In addition, the California  Consumer Privacy Act  ("CCPA") 
increases  the  penalties  for  data  privacy  incidents.  The  GDPR  and  CCPA  are  just  examples  of  privacy  regulations  that  are 
emerging in locations where we work.

We  face  the  threat  to  our  computer  systems  of  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers,  computer  viruses,  malicious 
code,  organized  cyber-attacks  and  other  security  problems  and  system  disruptions,  including  possible  unauthorized  access  to 

25 

our  and  our  clients'  proprietary  or  classified  information. We  rely  on  industry-accepted  security  measures  and  technology  to 
securely maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. In addition, we rely on the security 
of  third-party  service  providers,  vendors  and  cloud  services  providers  to  protect  confidential  data.  In  the  ordinary  course  of 
business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate 
confidential  or  proprietary  information,  including  information  regarding  us,  our  personnel  and/or  our  clients  or  cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against 
the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches.

 We also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our critical accounting, project 
management  and  financial  information  systems.  We  depend  on  our  software  and  information  technology  vendors  to  provide 
long-term software and hardware support for our information systems. Our software and information technology vendors may 
decide to discontinue further development, integration or long-term software and hardware support for our information systems, 
in  which  case  we  may  need  to  abandon  one  or  more  of  our  current  information  systems  and  migrate  some  or  all  of  our 
accounting, project management and financial information to other systems, thus increasing our operational expense, as well as 
disrupting the management of our business operations. Any of these events could damage our reputation and have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If our business partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, 
loss of reputation and profit reduction or loss on the project. 

We  routinely  enter  into  subcontracts  and,  occasionally,  joint  ventures,  teaming  arrangements  and  other  contractual 
arrangements so that we can jointly bid and perform on a particular project. Success under these arrangements depends in large 
part on whether our business partners fulfill their contractual obligations satisfactorily. In addition, when we operate through a 
joint  venture  in  which  we  are  a  minority  holder,  we  have  limited  control  over  many  project  decisions,  including  decisions 
related to the joint venture’s internal controls, which may not be subject to the same internal control procedures that we employ. 
If  these  unaffiliated  third  parties  do  not  fulfill  their  contract  obligations,  the  partnerships  or  joint  ventures  may  be  unable  to 
adequately  perform  and  deliver  their  contracted  services.  Under  these  circumstances,  we  may  be  obligated  to  pay  financial 
penalties, provide additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services, and may be 
jointly and severally liable for the other’s actions or contract performance. These additional obligations could result in reduced 
profits and revenues or, in some  cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture, which could also  affect our 
reputation in the industries we serve. 

If  our  contractors  and  subcontractors  fail  to  satisfy  their  obligations  to  us  or  other  parties,  or  if  we  are  unable  to 
maintain these relationships, our revenue, profitability and growth prospects could be adversely affected. 

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes 
with our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, 
client  concerns  about  the  subcontractor  or  our  failure  to  extend  existing  task  orders  or  issue  new  task  orders  under  a 
subcontract.  In  addition,  if  a  subcontractor  fails  to  deliver  on  a  timely  basis  the  agreed-upon  supplies,  fails  to  perform  the 
agreed-upon services or goes out of business, then we may be required to purchase the services or supplies from another source 
at a higher price, and our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the profit 
to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or supplies are needed. 

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or joint venture partner. The 
absence  of  qualified  subcontractors  with  which  we  have  a  satisfactory  relationship  could  adversely  affect  the  quality  of  our 
service  and our  ability to perform  under some of our  contracts.  Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely 
affected  if  other  contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a 
government agency terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to 
pay under a contract. 

Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect 
our operating results.

In  certain  circumstances,  we  can  incur  liquidated  or  other  damages  if  we  do  not  achieve  project  completion  by  a 
scheduled  date.  If  we  or  an  entity  for  which  we  have  provided  a  guarantee  subsequently  fails  to  complete  the  project  as 
scheduled and the matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client 
resulting from  any delay or the cost  to complete  the project. Our costs  generally increase from  schedule delays and/or could 
exceed our projections for a particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a number of factors beyond 
our control, including unavoidable delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather 
conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials,  changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial 
accidents, environmental hazards, labor disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance problems for existing 
and future contracts could cause actual results of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and could cause us to suffer 
damage to our reputation within our industry and client base. 

26 

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  passage  of  climate  change,  defense, 
environmental, infrastructure and other legislation, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change may result 
in the imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, legislation, international protocols, regulation or other 
restrictions  on  emissions  could  increase  the  costs  of  projects  for  our  clients  or,  in  some  cases,  prevent  a  project  from  going 
forward,  thereby  potentially  reducing  the  need  for  our  services.  In  addition,  relaxation  or  repeal  of  laws  and  regulations,  or 
changes in governmental policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve could result in a 
decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict when or whether any 
of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers. 

Changes  in  resource  management,  environmental  or  infrastructure  industry  laws,  regulations  and  programs  could 
directly or indirectly reduce the demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Some  of our services  are  directly or indirectly impacted by  changes in U.S. federal,  state, local  or foreign laws  and 
regulations  pertaining  to  the  resource  management,  environmental  and  infrastructure  industries. Accordingly,  a  relaxation  or 
repeal of these laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement 
of these programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Changes in capital markets could adversely affect our access to capital and negatively impact our business. 

Our  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  an  inability  to  access  the  revolving  credit  facility  under  our  credit 
agreement.  Unfavorable  financial  or  economic  conditions  could  impact  certain  lenders'  willingness  or  ability  to  fund  our 
revolving credit facility. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest 
rate  environment,  significant  political  or  economic  events,  defaults  of  significant  issuers  and  other  market  and  economic 
factors, may negatively impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, the 
types of credit-sensitive products being offered and/or a sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material 
adverse effect on us.  

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies. 

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things: 

•

•

incur additional indebtedness; 

create liens securing debt or other encumbrances on our assets; 

• make loans or advances; 

•

•

•

•

•

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders; 

purchase or redeem our stock; 

repay indebtedness that is junior to indebtedness under our credit agreement; 

acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and 

sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets. 

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants  may  impair  our  ability  to  finance  future  operations  or  capital  needs  or  to  engage  in  other  favorable  business 
activities. 

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share. 

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets we serve are highly fragmented and we compete with 
many regional,  national  and  international  companies.  Certain  of  these  competitors  have greater  financial  and other resources 
than we do. Others are smaller and more specialized and concentrate their resources in particular areas of expertise. The extent 
of our competition varies according to certain markets and geographic area. In addition, the technical and professional aspects 
of  some  of  our  services  generally  do  not  require  large  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  provide  limited  barriers  against  new 
competitors.  Our  clients  make  competitive  determinations  based  upon  qualifications,  experience,  performance,  reputation, 
technology, customer relationships and ability to provide the relevant services in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner. This 
competitive environment could force us to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable 
to maintain our competitiveness and win bids for future projects, our market share, revenue and profits will decline. 

Legal proceedings, investigations and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if 
such penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage. 

27 

We engage in consulting, engineering, program management and technical services that can result in substantial injury 
or damages that  may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations and disputes. For example, in the ordinary course of our 
business,  we  may  be  involved  in  legal  disputes  regarding  personal  injury  claims,  employee  or  labor  disputes,  professional 
liability  claims  and  general  commercial  disputes  involving  project  cost  overruns  and  liquidated  damages  as  well  as  other 
claims. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we frequently make professional judgments and recommendations 
about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, and we may be deemed to be responsible for 
these  judgments  and  recommendations  if  they  are  later determined  to  be  inaccurate. Any  unfavorable  legal  ruling  against  us 
could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. We maintain insurance coverage as part of our overall 
legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; however, insurance coverage contains exclusions and 
other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, our insurance program covers workers’ compensation 
and  employer’s  liability,  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  professional  errors  and  omissions  liability,  property  and 
contractor’s pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles 
or  self-insured  retentions  for  each  covered  claim  that  may  increase  over  time.  In  addition,  our  insurance  policies  contain 
exclusions that insurance providers may use  to deny or  restrict coverage. Excess liability and professional liability insurance 
policies  provide  for  coverage  on  a  “claims-made”  basis,  covering  only  claims  actually  made  and  reported  during  the  policy 
period currently in effect. If we sustain liabilities that exceed or that are excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we 
are not insured, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Unavailability  or  cancellation  of  third-party  insurance  coverage  would  increase  our  overall  risk  exposure  as  well  as 
disrupt the management of our business operations. 

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and because 
some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly 
cancel our coverage or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and 
our operational expenses would increase and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there 
can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or 
that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits. 

Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  bonding  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  revenue  and  business 
prospects. 

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we 
fail  to  perform  our  obligations  under  a  contract.  If  a  bond  is  required  for  a  certain  project  and  we  are  unable  to  obtain  an 
appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged 
business to  pursue certain government contracts. In connection  with these ventures, we are  sometimes required to utilize our 
bonding capacity to cover all of the obligations under the contract with the client. We have a bonding facility but, as is typically 
the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, bonding may be more difficult to 
obtain or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available 
to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material 
adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects.

Employee, agent or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Misconduct,  fraud,  non-compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  other  improper  activities  by  one  of  our 
employees, agents or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 
include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and 
other costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls 
over financial reporting, environmental laws and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, as previously noted, the 
FCPA  and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  in  other  jurisdictions generally  prohibit  companies and  their  intermediaries  from  making 
improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance 
with these regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls 
are subject to inherent limitations, including human error, it is possible that these controls could be intentionally circumvented 
or  become  inadequate  because  of  changed  conditions.  As  a  result,  we  cannot  assure  that  our  controls  will  protect  us  from 
reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or 
acts  of  misconduct  could  subject  us  to  fines  and  penalties,  loss  of  security  clearances  and  suspension  or  debarment  from 
contracting, any or all of which could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits and subject us to criminal and civil 
enforcement actions. 

Our business activities may require our employees to travel to and work in countries where there are high security risks, 
which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs. 

28 

Certain  of  our  contracts  may  require  our  employees  travel  to  and  work  in  high-risk  countries  that  are  undergoing 
political,  social  and  economic  upheavals  resulting  from  war,  civil  unrest,  criminal  activity,  acts  of  terrorism  or public  health 
crises. As a result, we risk loss of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, 
repatriation or other unforeseen circumstances. We may choose or be forced to leave a country with little or no warning due to 
physical security risks.  

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition.  

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, 
and, accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element 
of our overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings 
with our clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we 
provide are delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the 
potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that 
are fundamentally unacceptable and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are 
monitored by various agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) and rating bureaus, and 
may be evaluated by certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to 
meet  these  requirements  or  our  failure  to  properly  implement  and  comply  with  our  safety  program  could  result  in  reduced 
profitability,  the  loss  of  projects  or  clients  or  potential  litigation,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
operating results or financial condition. 

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues. 

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. 
U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create  actual  or 
potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or performing 
government  contracts  resulting  from  or  relating  to  certain  work  we  have  performed.  In  addition,  services  performed  for  a 
commercial or government client may create a conflict of interest that precludes or limits our ability to obtain work from other 
public or private organizations. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on projects due to conflict of interest issues. 

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject 
to monetary damages and penalties. 

We  issue  reports  and  opinions  to  clients  based  on  our  professional  engineering  expertise,  as  well  as  our  other 
professional  credentials.  Our  reports  and  opinions  may  need  to  comply  with  professional  standards,  licensing  requirements, 
securities regulations and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which 
the services are performed. In addition, we could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports or opinions even if 
we  are  not  contractually  bound  to  those  third  parties.  For  example,  if  we  deliver  an  inaccurate  report  or  one  that  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the  relevant standards,  and  that  report  is made  available  to  a  third  party,  we  could  be  subject  to  third-party 
liability, resulting in monetary damages and penalties. 

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations. 

Our  services  are  subject  to  numerous  U.S.  and  international  environmental  protection  laws  and  regulations  that  are 
complex and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the 
handling,  removal,  treatment,  transportation  and  disposal  of  toxic  and  hazardous  substances.  Under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we 
may  be  required  to  investigate  and  remediate  regulated  hazardous  materials.  CERCLA  and  comparable  state  laws  typically 
impose  strict,  joint  and  several  liabilities  without  regard  to  whether  a  company  knew  of  or  caused  the  release  of  hazardous 
substances.  The  liability  for  the  entire  cost  of  clean-up  could  be  imposed  upon  any  responsible  party.  Other  principal  U.S. 
federal  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  affecting  us  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  Resource  Conservation  and 
Recovery Act, National Environmental Policy Act, the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Federal Mine 
Safety  and  Health  Act  of  1977  (the  “Mine  Act”),  the  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act  and  the  Superfund  Amendments  and 
Reauthorization  Act.  Our  business  operations  may  also  be  subject  to  similar  state  and  international  laws  relating  to 
environmental  protection.  Further,  past  business  practices  at  companies  that  we  have  acquired  may  also  expose  us  to  future 
unknown  environmental  liabilities.  Liabilities  related  to  environmental  contamination  or  human  exposure  to  hazardous 
substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, 
fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  and  third-party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury  or  cessation  of  remediation 
activities. Our continuing work in the areas governed by these laws and regulations exposes us to the risk of substantial liability. 

29 

Force  majeure  events,  including  natural  disasters,  pandemics  and  terrorist  actions  could  negatively  impact  the 
economies in which we operate or disrupt our operations, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows. 

Force  majeure  or  extraordinary  events  beyond  the  control  of  the  contracting  parties,  such  as  natural  and  man-made 
disasters, pandemics and terrorist actions could negatively impact the economies in which we operate by causing the closure of 
offices,  interrupting  projects  and  forcing  the  relocation  of employees. We  typically  remain  obligated  to  perform  our services 
after a terrorist action or natural disaster unless the contract contains a force majeure clause that relieves us of our contractual 
obligations in such an extraordinary event. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may be affected 
significantly, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

We  have  only  a  limited  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual 
property rights could adversely affect our competitive position. 

We  rely  upon  a  combination of  nondisclosure  agreements  and  other  contractual  arrangements,  as  well  as  copyright, 
trademark, patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary information. We also enter into proprietary information and 
intellectual property agreements with employees, which require them to disclose any inventions created during employment, to 
convey  such  rights  to  inventions  to  us,  and  to  restrict  any  disclosure  of  proprietary  information. Trade  secrets  are  generally 
difficult to protect. Although our employees are subject to confidentiality obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter 
or prevent misappropriation of our confidential information and/or the infringement of our patents and copyrights. Further, we 
may be unable to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate steps to enforce our rights. 
Failure to adequately protect, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights may adversely limit our competitive position. 

Assertions  by  third  parties  of  infringement,  misappropriation  or  other  violations  by  us  of  their  intellectual  property 
rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition and operating results. 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in technology industries. We 
may  face from time to time, allegations that we  or a  supplier or customer have violated the rights of third parties, including 
patent,  trademark  and  other  intellectual  property  rights.  If,  with  respect  to  any  claim  against  us  for  violation  of  third-party 
intellectual  property  rights,  we  are  unable  to  prevail  in  the  litigation  or  retain  or  obtain  sufficient  rights  or  develop  non-
infringing  intellectual  property  or  otherwise  alter  our  business  practices  on  a  timely  or  cost-efficient  basis,  our  business, 
financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, are time consuming, divert technical 
and management personnel and are costly to resolve. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing 
technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease utilizing products or services or take other actions to 
resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us.  

General Risk Factors 

Our stock price could become more volatile and stockholders’ investments could lose value. 

In addition to the macroeconomic factors that have affected the prices of many securities generally, all of the factors 
discussed in this section could affect our stock price. Our common stock has previously experienced substantial price volatility. 
In  addition,  the  stock  market  has  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  the  market  price  of 
many companies and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The trading price of our 
common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including quarter-to-quarter variations in our financial results, 
such  as  revenue,  profits,  days  sales  outstanding,  backlog  and  other  measures  of financial  performance  or  financial  condition 
(which factors may, themselves, be affected by the factors described below):

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

loss of key employees; 

the number and significance of client contracts commenced and completed during a quarter; 

creditworthiness and solvency of clients; 

the ability of our clients to terminate contracts without penalties; 

general economic or political conditions; 

unanticipated  changes  in  contract  performance  that  may  affect  profitability,  particularly  with  contracts  that  are 
fixed-price or have funding limits; 

contract  negotiations  on  change  orders,  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  and  collections  of  related  billed  and 
unbilled accounts receivable; 

seasonality of the spending cycle of our public sector clients, notably the U.S. federal government, the spending 
patterns of our commercial sector clients and weather conditions; 

budget constraints experienced by our U.S. federal, and state and local government clients; 

30 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

integration of acquired companies; 

changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-outs;  

divestiture or discontinuance of operating units; 

employee hiring, utilization and turnover rates; 

delays incurred in connection with a contract; 

the size, scope and payment terms of contracts; 

the timing of expenses incurred for corporate initiatives; 

reductions in the prices of services offered by our competitors; 

threatened or pending litigation; 

legislative and regulatory enforcement policy changes that may affect demand for our services;  

the impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets;  

the fluctuation of a foreign currency exchange rate;  

stock-based compensation expense; 

actual events, circumstances, outcomes and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions and estimates used in 
determining  the  value  of  certain  assets  (including  the  amounts  of  related  valuation  allowances),  liabilities  and 
other items reflected in our consolidated financial statements; 

success in executing our strategy and operating plans; 

changes in tax laws or regulations or accounting rules;  

results of income tax examinations;  

the  timing  of  announcements  in  the  public  markets  regarding  new  services  or  potential  problems  with  the 
performance of services by us or our competitors or any other material announcements; 

speculation in the media and analyst community, changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by financial 
analysts,  changes  in  investors’  or  analysts’  valuation  measures  for our  stock  and  market trends  unrelated  to our 
stock; 

our announcements concerning the payment of dividends or the repurchase of our shares; 

resolution of threatened or pending litigation; 

changes in investors’ and analysts’ perceptions of our business or any of our competitors’ businesses; 

changes in environmental legislation; 

broader market fluctuations; and 

general economic or political conditions. 

A significant drop in the price of our stock could expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could 
result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert  management’s  attention  and  resources,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business. 
Additionally,  volatility  or  a  lack  of  positive  performance  in  our  stock  price  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  retain  key 
employees,  many  of  whom  are  awarded  equity  securities,  the  value  of  which  is  dependent  on  the  performance  of  our  stock 
price. 

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a merger, takeover or other business combination 
even if the business combination would have been in the short-term best interests of our stockholders. 

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the 
ability of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, 
our Board of Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred 
stock and issue shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. These features, as well as 
provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  such  as  those  relating  to  advance  notice  of  certain  stockholder 
proposals  and  nominations,  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business  combination  involving  us,  or  discourage  a 
potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock, even if the business combination would have been in the 
best interests of our current stockholders.

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments  

None. 

31 

Item 2.    Properties 

At  fiscal  2022 year-end,  we  leased  approximately  450  operating  facilities  in  domestic  and  foreign  locations.  Our 
significant  lease  agreements  expire  at  various  dates  through  2032. We  believe  that  our  current  facilities  are  adequate  for  the 
operation of our business, and that suitable additional space in various local markets is available to accommodate any needs that 
may arise. 

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our corporate headquarters): 

Location

Description
Corporate Headquarters

Reportable Segment
Corporate

Pasadena, CA

Arlington, VA

Boston, MA

Irvine, CA

London, United Kingdom

New York, NY

Orlando, FL

Pittsburgh, PA

San Diego, CA

Vancouver, BC, Canada

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings  

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

GSG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG /CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

CIG

For  a  description  of  our  material  pending  legal  and  regulatory  proceedings  and  settlements,  see  Note 17, 

"Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 

Section 1503  of  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act  (the "Dodd-Frank Act")  requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of 
any mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor 
performing  services  or  construction  at  such  mine.  Information  concerning  mine  safety  violations  or  other  regulatory  matters 
required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95. 

32 

PART II 

Item 5.    Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities 

Market Information 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  TTEK.  There  were 

approximately 1,114 stockholders of record at October 2, 2022.  

Stock-Based Compensation 

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 11, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative  total returns with  those of the  NASDAQ Market Index 
and the Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 1000 Index. At this time, we do not have a comparable peer group due to the combination of 
our differentiated high-end consulting services and our end-markets. Thus, we have selected the S&P 1000 Index. The graph 
assumes that the value of an investment in our common stock and in each such index was $100 on October 1, 2017, and that all 
dividends  have  been  reinvested.  Dividends  declared  and  paid  in  fiscal  2022  totaled  $0.86  per  share.  We  declared  and  paid 
dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.40 per share ($0.20 each quarter) on our common stock and paid dividends 
in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  totaling  $0.46  per  share  ($0.23  each  quarter)  on  our  common  stock.  We  declared  and  paid 
dividends totaling $0.74, $0.64, $0.54 and $0.44 per share in fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The comparison in 
the graph below is based on historical data and is not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock. 

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON OCTOBER 1, 2017 
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 2, 2022 

Tetra Tech, Inc.

NASDAQ Market Index

S&P 1000 Index

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

$  100.00  $  147.92  $  185.48  $  200.81  $  336.07  $  286.12 

100.00 

100.00 

125.17 

115.70 

124.88 

109.74 

173.32 

103.37 

232.92 

159.12 

170.37 

130.84 

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-
K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are 
not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  of  our  filings  with  the  SEC,  whether  made  before  or  after  the  date  hereof, 
regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Repurchase Program 

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase  up  to  $400  million  of  our  common  stock  in  addition  to  the  $147.8  million  remaining  under  the  previous  stock 
repurchase program at October 3, 2021. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased and settled 1,341,679 shares with an average price of 
$149.07  per  share  for  a  total  cost  of  $200.0 million  in  the open  market. At  October 2,  2022,  we  had  a  remaining  balance  of 
$347.8 million under our stock repurchase program.  

Below  is  a  summary  of  the  stock  repurchases  that  were  traded  and  settled  during  the  12  months  ended  October 2, 

2022: 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

Maximum
Dollar Value
that May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs (in 
thousands)

97,020  $ 

91,216 

101,960 

96,908 

110,858 

120,274 

95,121 

131,962 

140,961 

103,723 

115,677 

135,999 

532,244 

515,811 

497,813 

483,279 

467,036 

447,813 

433,279 

416,181 

397,813 

383,280 

366,182 

347,813 

Period

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average Price
Paid per Share

160.47 

180.16 

176.52 

149.98 

146.53 

159.82 

152.79 

129.57 

130.30 

140.12 

147.81 

135.06 

October 4, 2021 - October 31, 2021

97,020 $ 

November 1, 2021 - November 28, 2021

November 29, 2021 - January 2, 2022

January 3, 2022 - January 30, 2022

January 31, 2022 - February 27, 2022

February 28, 2022 - April 3, 2022

April 4, 2022 - May 1, 2022

May 2, 2022 - May 29, 2022

May 30, 2022 - July 3, 2022

July 4, 2022 - July 31, 2022

August 1, 2022 - August 28, 2022

August 29, 2022 - October 2, 2022

Item 6.    [Reserved]

91,216

101,960

96,908

110,858

120,274

95,121

131,962

140,961

103,723

115,677

135,999

34 

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of 
this report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains 
forward-looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events 
could  differ  materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks, 
assumptions and uncertainties affecting these statements. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS  

General.    In  fiscal  2022,  our  revenue  increased  9.0%  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  This  year-over-year  growth  reflects 
increased  activity  in  our  U.S.  state  and  local,  U.S.  commercial  and  international  client  sectors.  Our  revenue  also  includes 
contributions from acquisitions that did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2021. We report results of operations based on a 
52 or 53-week period ending on the Sunday nearest September 30. Fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 contained 52, 53 and 52 
weeks, respectively.  We estimate that our revenue increased approximately 11.0% in fiscal 2022 compared to last fiscal year 
adjusting for the extra week in fiscal 2021. 

U.S.  Federal  Government.  Our  U.S.  federal  government  revenue  decreased  1.6%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal 
2021. This decrease primarily reflects the wind-down of our international development activities in Afghanistan that ceased in 
the fourth quarter of last fiscal year. Excluding Afghanistan, our U.S. federal government revenue grew approximately 3% in 
fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021, primarily due to increased environmental activities for civilian agencies. Our revenue also 
includes contributions from acquisitions that did not have comparable revenue in the prior year. During  periods of economic 
volatility,  our  U.S.  federal  government  business  has  historically  been  the  most  stable  and  predictable.  We  expect  our  U.S. 
federal  government  revenue  to  grow  in  fiscal  2023. Approximately  $1  trillion  in  new  U.S.  federal  funding  passed  in  2021 
through the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the Inflation Reduction Act and the CHIPS and Science Act. Each of these 
programs  include  substantial  planned  investments  in  our  key  end  markets  including  water,  environment  and  sustainable 
infrastructure over the next five to ten years.

U.S.  State  and  Local  Government.    Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  increased  12.5%  in  fiscal  2022 
compared  to  fiscal  2021.  The  increase  reflects  continued  broad-based  growth  in  our  U.S.  state  and  local  government 
infrastructure  business, particularly with increased revenue  from municipal  water  infrastructure work,  including digital water 
projects, in the metropolitan areas of California, Texas and Florida. Our disaster response activities also increased compared to 
fiscal 2021. Most of our work for the U.S. state and local governments relates to critical water and environmental programs, 
which we expect to continue to grow in fiscal 2023.

U.S.  Commercial.    Our  U.S.  commercial  revenue  increased  17.4%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  This 
increase was primarily due to more activity on environmental programs, including meeting net zero carbon goals and designing 
high performance buildings. In addition, industrial activity was reduced in fiscal 2021 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. 
We expect growth in our U.S. commercial work to continue in fiscal 2023.

International. Our international revenue increased 13.6% in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. Our revenue includes 
contributions from acquisitions that did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2021. Additionally, the revenue growth reflects 
government stimulus spending on infrastructure and commercial activities related to an increased focus on sustainability. We 
expect growth  in  our international  work to continue  in fiscal  2023.  If the global economy were to experience a recession, as 
some forecasts predict, our international growth in fiscal 2023 could be adversely impacted. 

Pending Acquisition. On September 23, 2022, we made an all cash offer to acquire all the outstanding shares of RPS 
Group plc ("RPS"), a publicly traded company on the London Stock Exchange for 222 pence per share, which was unanimously 
recommended by RPS's Board of Directors. RPS employs approximately 5,000 associates in the United Kingdom, Europe, Asia 
Pacific and North America, delivering high-end solutions especially in energy transformation, water and program management 
for  government  and  commercial  clients.  The  transaction  is  to  be  affected  using  a  court  sanctioned  scheme  of  arrangement 
between RPS and its shareholders, and is subject to certain regulatory approvals and approval by RPS shareholders. 

On November 3, 2022, RPS's shareholders approved the scheme of arrangement, with the acquisition expected to be 
closed  and  effective  in  January  2023  after  regulatory  and  court  approval  with  an  all  cash  purchase  price  for  100%  of  the 
outstanding shares of approximately GBP 636 million.  

35 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Fiscal 2022 Compared to Fiscal 2021 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Other income

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $  290,535 

(668,468)

2,835,580 

(661,341)

(7,127)

2,552,172 

283,408 

9.0%

(1.1)

11.1

(2,260,021)

(2,053,772)

(206,249)

(10.0)

575,559 

(234,784)

(329)

340,446 

(11,584)

19,904 

348,766 

(85,602)

263,164 

(39)

498,400 

(222,972)

3,273 

278,701 

(11,831)

— 

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

(21)

77,159 

(11,812)

(3,602)

61,745 

247 

19,904 

81,896 

15.5

(5.3)

(110.1)

22.2

2.1

NM

30.7

(51,563)

(151.5)

30,333 

(18)

13.0

(85.7)

13.0

14.1

$ 

$ 

263,125  $ 

232,810  $ 

30,315 

4.86  $ 

4.26  $ 

0.60 

(1)          We believe  that the presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which is a non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain international development programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are 
passed through to our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to 
procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may 
not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  our  business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate  subcontractor  costs  from  revenue  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  our 
business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers. 
NM = not meaningful 

In fiscal 2022, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $290.5 million, or 9.0%, and $283.4 million, 
or 11.1%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2021. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable 
revenue in fiscal 2021, our revenue increased 4.1% in fiscal 2022 compared to last fiscal year.  Our GSG segment's revenue and 
revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $48.0 million, or 2.7%, and $70.7 million, or 5.6%, respectively, in fiscal 2022 
compared to the prior year. Our CIG segment's revenue increased $238.4 million, or 15.9%, and revenue, net of subcontractor 
costs,  increased  $213.3  million,  or  16.6%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021. The fiscal  2022  results  for  GSG  and  CIG 
segments  are  described  below  under  "Government  Services  Group"  and  "Commercial/International  Services  Group", 
respectively. 

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-U.S. GAAP adjusted results, which exclude a non-operating 
benefit  from  Employee  Retention  Credits  ("ERC's")  received  in  fiscal  2022  and  gains  from  adjustments  to  contingent 
consideration liabilities in fiscal 2021. Our adjusted earnings per share ("EPS") for fiscal 2022 also excludes a non-operating 
$19.9  million  unrealized  gain  on  a  foreign  exchange  contract  that  serves  as  an  economic  hedge  related  to  our  planned 
acquisition  of  RPS.  This  gain  is  reported  as  "Other  income"  in  our  Consolidated  Statement  of  Income  for  fiscal  2022.  Our 
adjusted EPS for fiscal 2021 also excludes non-recurring tax items. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to EPS to 
arrive at adjusted EPS average 26% and 25% for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. We applied the relevant marginal statutory 
tax rate based on the nature of the adjustments and the tax jurisdiction in which it occurred. Both EPS and adjusted EPS were 
calculated  using  diluted  weighted-average  common  shares  outstanding  for  the  respective  periods  as  reflected  in  our 
consolidated statements of income. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations

Earn-out adjustments

Employee Retention Credits

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

Earn-out adjustments

Employee Retention Credits

Other income

Non-recurring tax items

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful 
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

$ 

340,446  $ 

278,701  $ 

— 

(6,486)

(3,273)

— 

Change

$
61,745 

3,273 

(6,486)

333,960  $ 

275,428  $ 

58,532 

$ 

$ 

4.86  $ 

— 

(0.08)

(0.28)

— 

4.26  $ 

(0.04)

— 

— 

(0.43)

0.60 

0.04 

(0.08)

(0.28)

0.43 

0.71 

$ 

4.50  $ 

3.79  $ 

%
22.2

NM

NM

21.3

14.1

NM

NM

NM

NM

18.7

Operating income increased $61.7 million, or 22.2%, in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 results 
included the benefit of ERC's totaling $6.5 million, which represents reimbursement from the U.S. federal government under 
the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act for the costs that we incurred during the second quarter of fiscal 2020 
to  address  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  The  amounts  were  recognized  in  fiscal  2022  when  the  funds  were  received  due  to  the 
uncertainty related to the computation of qualifying amounts and delayed processing times for our application. These amounts 
were primarily reflected as a reduction to "Other costs of revenue" in our Consolidated Statement of Income and an increase to 
"Net cash provided by operating activities" in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal 2022, consistent with the 
presentation  of  the  related  costs  recognized  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  Excluding  the  ERC's  and  the  contributions 
from acquisitions, which did not have comparable results in fiscal 2021, our adjusted operating income increased $31.5 million, 
or  11.5%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  These  increases  reflect  improved  results  in  both  GSG  and  CIG  segments, 
which are described below under "Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services Group", respectively.  

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $11.6  million  and  $11.8  million  in  fiscal  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  The  decrease 

primarily reflects lower average year-over-year borrowings, partially offset by higher borrowing rates.  

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2022 and 2021 were 24.5% and 12.8%, respectively. The fiscal 2021 effective tax rate 
reflects a non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million, primarily consisting of a valuation allowance in the United Kingdom 
that  was  released  due  to  sufficient  sustainable  profitability  being  achieved  in  fiscal  2021.  The  valuation  allowance  was 
primarily related  to net  operating  loss  carry-forwards.  In  fiscal  2021,  we  repatriated  approximately  $80 million  from Canada 
and recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. Also, income tax expense was reduced by $10.3 million and $12.9 million 
of excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. Excluding the impact of the fiscal 2021 
valuation allowance benefit, the fiscal 2021 Canadian repatriation and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments in both 
fiscal years, our effective tax rates for  fiscal 2022 and 2021 were 27.5% and 25.7%, respectively. 

Our EPS was $4.86 in fiscal 2022, compared to $4.26 in fiscal 2021. Excluding the aforementioned non-operating and 

non-recurring items, our adjusted EPS was $4.50 in fiscal 2022, compared to $3.79 last fiscal year, an increase of 18.7%. 

37 

Segment Results of Operations 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,820,868  $ 

1,772,905  $ 

47,963 

2.7%

(484,412)

(507,132)

22,720 

1,336,456  $ 

1,265,773  $ 

70,683 

4.5

5.6

198,448  $ 

174,755  $ 

23,693 

13.6%

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $48.0  million,  or  2.7%,  and increased  $70.7  million,  or 
5.6%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  The  increases  primarily  reflect  higher  U.S.  state  and  local 
government activities related to water and environmental programs and disaster response projects.  

Operating income increased $23.7 million in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 results included $4.4 
million of the aforementioned ERC's. Excluding this benefit, operating income increased 11.0% in fiscal 2022 compared to last 
fiscal year. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 14.8% in fiscal 2022 compared to 
13.8% in fiscal 2021. Excluding the ERC's, our operating margin was 14.5% in fiscal 2022. The improved operating margin in 
fiscal  2022  was  primarily  due  to  our  increased  focus  on  high-end  consulting  services,  including digital  water,  and  improved 
labor utilization. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,738,436  $ 

1,500,074  $  238,362 

(239,312)

(214,263)

(25,049)

1,499,124  $ 

1,285,811  $  213,313 

194,142  $ 

152,262  $ 

41,880 

15.9%

(11.7)

16.6

27.5

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $238.4 million, or 15.9%, and increased $213.3 million, or 
16.6%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  The  revenue  growth  primarily  reflects  increased  activity  on 
commercial environmental programs, including meeting net zero carbon goals and high performance buildings. These increases 
were  also  due  to  the  international  government  stimulus  spending  on  infrastructure.  Additionally,  the  fiscal  2022  revenue 
included contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2021.  

Operating income increased $41.9 million in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 operating income  
included $1.9 million of the aforementioned ERC's. Excluding this benefit, operating income  increased 26.2% in fiscal  2022 
compared to last fiscal year. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.0% in fiscal 
2022 compared to 11.8% in fiscal 2021. Excluding the ERC's, our operating margin was 12.8% for fiscal 2022. The improved 
operating  margin  was  primarily  due  to  our  increased  focus  on  high-end  consulting  services,  project  execution  and  labor 
utilization. 

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. In May 2022, we received a cash settlement for 
the last $11 million RCM claim. This settlement resulted in an immaterial gain in the third quarter of fiscal 2022. There were no 
significant operating activities in RCM for fiscal 2022 and 2021.  

38 

 
Fiscal 2021 Compared to Fiscal 2020 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

3,213,513  $ 

2,994,891  $  218,622 

(661,341)

2,552,172 

(646,319)

2,348,572 

(15,022)

203,600 

(2,053,772)

(1,902,037)

(151,735)

498,400 

(222,972)

3,273 

— 

278,701 

(11,831)

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

446,535 

(204,615)

14,971 

(15,800)

241,091 

(13,100)

227,991 

(54,101)

173,890 

(21)
232,810  $ 

(31)
173,859  $ 

51,865 

(18,357)

(11,698)

15,800 

37,610 

1,269 

38,879 

20,062 

58,941 

10 
58,951 

4.26  $ 

3.16  $ 

1.10 

7.3%

(2.3)

8.7

(8.0)

11.6

(9.0)

(78.1)

NM

15.6

9.7

17.1

37.1

33.9

32.3
33.9

34.8

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

$ 

$ 

(1)        We  believe  that  the  presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which  is  a  non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain international development programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are 
passed through to our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to 
procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may 
not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  our  business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate  subcontractor  costs  from  revenue  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  our 
business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.
NM = not meaningful 

In fiscal 2021, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $218.6 million, or 7.3%, and $203.6 million, 
or 8.7%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2020. Excluding the net contributions from acquisitions and the impact of the disposal 
of  our  Canadian  turn-key  pipeline  activities,  our  revenue  increased  3.2%  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020.    Our  GSG 
segment's revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $194.6 million, or 12.3%, and $148.3 million, or 13.3%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our CIG segment's revenue increased $29.0 million, or 2.0%, and revenue, 
net of subcontractor costs, increased $54.7 million, or 4.4% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our fiscal 2021 results for 
our GSG and CIG segments are described below under "Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services 
Group", respectively.

The  following  table  reconciles  our  reported  results  to  non-U.S.  GAAP  adjusted  results,  which  exclude  certain  non-
operating  accounting-related  adjustments,  such  as  gains  on  non-core  dispositions,  gains  from  adjustments  to  contingent 
considerations, goodwill impairment charges, non-recurring costs to address COVID-19, and non-recurring tax items. The gains 
on non-core dispositions in fiscal 2020 relate to the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities that commenced in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2020 did not have related tax benefits. Excluding this 
charge, the effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to earnings per share ("EPS") to arrive at adjusted EPS averaged 25% 
and 24% for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. We applied the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the 
adjustments  and  tax  jurisdiction  in  which  they  occur.  Both  EPS  and  adjusted  EPS  were  calculated  using  diluted  weighted-
average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2020, we took actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the health 
and safety of our employees, clients and communities. These actions included activating our Business Continuity Plan globally, 
which  enabled  95%  of  our  workforce  to  work  remotely  and  all  of  our  global  offices  to  remain  operational  supporting  our 
programs  and  projects.  This  required  incremental  costs  for  employee  relocation,  expansion  of  our  virtual  private  network 
capabilities,  enhanced  security  and  sanitizing  of  our  offices.  In  addition,  we  incurred  severance  costs  to  right-size  select 
operations where projects were cancelled specifically due to COVID-19 concerns and the resulting macroeconomic conditions. 
These incremental costs totaled $8.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. Although the charges were recognized in the 
second quarter of fiscal 2020, substantially all of these costs were paid in cash in the third quarter of fiscal 2020. Some of these 
costs were related to the $6.5 million benefit of ERC's, which were applied for in fiscal 2020 and subsequently received and 
recognized in fiscal 2022.

Income from operations

Earn-out adjustments

COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

Impairment of goodwill

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

Earn-out adjustments

COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

Impairment of goodwill

Non-recurring tax benefits

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful 
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

$ 

278,701  $ 

241,091  $ 

(3,273)

— 

— 

— 

(13,371)

8,233 

(8,525)

15,800 

Change

$
37,610 

10,098 

(8,233)

8,525 

(15,800)

275,428  $ 

243,228  $ 

32,200 

$ 

$ 

4.26  $ 

(0.04)

— 

— 

— 

(0.43)

3.16  $ 

(0.18)

0.11 

(0.12)

0.29 

— 

1.10 

0.14 

(0.11)

0.12 

(0.29)

(0.43)

0.53 

$ 

3.79  $ 

3.26  $ 

%
15.6

NM

NM

NM

NM

13.2

34.8

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

16.3

Operating income increased $37.6 million in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our operating income reflects net 
gains of $3.3 million and $15.0 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities in fiscal 
2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  net  gain  in  fiscal  2020  was  partially  offset  by  the  related  compensation  charges  of  $1.6 
million. These gains are described below under "Fiscal 2021 and 2020 Earn-Out Adjustments." Our operating income in fiscal 
2020  was  reduced  by  the  previously  described  non-recurring  charges  of  $8.2  million  to  address  COVID-19.  In  addition,  our 
fiscal 2020 results include gains from the sales of non-core equipment of $8.5 million related to the disposal of our Canadian 
turn-key pipeline activities. Further, our fiscal 2020 operating income reflects a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $15.8 
million, which is described below under "Fiscal 2020 Impairment of Goodwill."   

Excluding these items, our adjusted operating income increased $32.2 million, or 13.2%, in fiscal 2021 compared to 
fiscal  2020.  The  increase  reflects  improved  results  in  our  GSG  and  CIG  segments,  which  are  described  below  under 
"Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services Group", respectively. 

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $11.8  million  and  $13.1  million  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  decrease 

primarily reflects lower average borrowings. 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2021 and 2020 were 12.8% and 23.7%, respectively. Our fiscal 2021 effective tax rate 
reflects the aforementioned non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million primarily consisting of a valuation allowance in the 
United  Kingdom.  The  goodwill  impairment  charge  in  fiscal  2020  did  not  have  related  tax  benefits,  which  increased  our 
effective  tax rate by 1.5% in fiscal 2020. Conversely, income  tax expense was reduced by $12.9 million and $8.3 million of 
excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. Excluding the impact of the fiscal 2021 non-
recurring tax items, the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments, our 
effective tax rates in fiscal 2021 and 2020 were 25.7% and 25.6%, respectively. 

Our  EPS  was  $4.26  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  $3.16  in  fiscal  2020.  On  the  same  basis  as  our  adjusted  operating 
income and excluding non-recurring tax benefits in fiscal 2021, EPS was $3.79 in fiscal 2021, compared to $3.26 fiscal 2020, 
an increase of 16.3%. 

40 

 
Segment Results of Operations  

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,772,905  $ 

1,578,332  $  194,573 

(507,132)

(460,868)

(46,264)

1,265,773  $ 

1,117,464  $  148,309 

174,755  $ 

146,273  $ 

28,482 

12.3%

(10.0)

13.3

19.5

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $194.6 million, or 12.3%, and $148.3 million, or 13.3%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. These increases primarily reflect higher U.S. state and local government 
activities  related  to  water  and  environmental  programs  and  disaster  response.  The  increases  also  reflect  contributions  from 
acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2020. 

Operating  income  increased  $28.5  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020  primarily  reflecting  the  revenue 
growth.  In  addition,  we  incurred  $1.6  million  of  incremental  costs  for  actions  to  respond  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  in  the 
second quarter of fiscal 2020. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.8% in fiscal 
2021 compared to 13.1% fiscal 2020. Excluding the COVID-19 charges, our operating margin was 13.2% in fiscal 2020. The 
improved  operating  margin  was  primarily  due  to  our  increased  focus  on  high-end  consulting  services  and  improved  labor 
utilization. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,500,074  $ 

1,471,097  $ 

28,977 

(214,263)

(239,966)

25,703 

1,285,811  $ 

1,231,131  $ 

54,680 

2.0%

10.7

4.4

152,262  $ 

136,418  $ 

15,844 

11.6

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $29.0  million,  or  2.0%,  and  $54.7  million,  or  4.4%, 
respectively,  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020.  The  revenue  growth  in  fiscal  2021  primarily  reflects  increased 
infrastructure activity in Canada and fewer restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic in the second half of fiscal 2021. The 
increases also reflect contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2020, partially offset by 
the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities.  

Operating  income  increased  $15.8  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020  primarily  due  to  revenue  growth. 
Additionally,  we realized gains  of  $8.5  million from  the  disposition  of  non-core  equipment  related  to  our  Canadian  turn-key 
pipeline  activities,  partially  offset by $6.6 million of  incremental  costs for actions to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic in 
fiscal 2020. Excluding these disposition gains and the COVID-19 charges, operating income increased $17.7 million in fiscal 
2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 11.8% in fiscal 
2021 compared to 11.1% fiscal 2020. Excluding the disposition gains and COVID-19 charges, our operating margin was 10.9% 
in fiscal 2020. The improved operating margin was primarily due to our increased focus on high-end consulting services and 
improved labor utilization. 

41 

 
Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Loss from operations

NM = not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

613  $ 

(25)

588  $ 

198  $ 

(221)

(23) $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

415 

196 

611 

— 

NM

NM

NM

NM

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. There were no significant operating activities in 

RCM in fiscal 2021 and 2020.  

Fiscal 2021 and 2020 Earn-Out Adjustments 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value  could  differ  materially  from  the  initial  estimates.  We  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and 
reported  net  gains  of  $3.3  million  and  $15.0  million  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  Fiscal  2021  adjustments  resulted 
from  the  updated  valuations  of  several  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  which  reflect  updated  projections  of  acquired 
companies' financial performance during their respective earn-out periods. None of these valuation changes were individually 
material. In fiscal 2020, the net gains primarily resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for 
eGlobalTech ("EGT"), Norman, Disney and Young ("NDY") and Segue Technologies, Inc. ("SEG"). These valuations included 
updated  projections  of  EGT's,  NDY's  and  SEG's  financial  performance  during  the  earn-out  periods,  which  were  below  our 
original estimates at their respective acquisition dates.  In addition, we recognized charges of $1.6 million in fiscal 2020 that 
related to the earn-out for Glumac. These charges were treated as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses 
due to the terms of the arrangement, which included an on-going service requirement for a portion of the earn-out. 

At October 3, 2021, there was a total maximum of $105.4 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 
our acquisitions. Of this amount, $59.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet at 
October 3, 2021.

Fiscal 2020 Impairment of Goodwill

On  September  2,  2020, Australia  announced  that  it  had  fallen  into  economic  recession,  defined  as  two  consecutive 
quarters of negative growth, for the first time since 1991 including 7% negative growth in the quarter ending in June 2020. That 
trend prompted a strategic review of our Asia/Pacific ("ASP") reporting unit, which was in our CIG reportable segment. As a 
result  of  the  economic  recession  in  Australia,  our  revenue  growth  and  profit  margin  forecasts  for  the  ASP  reporting  unit 
declined from the previous forecast used for our annual goodwill impairment review as of June 29, 2020. We also performed an 
interim  goodwill  impairment  review  of  our  ASP  reporting  unit  in  September  2020  and  recorded  a  $15.8  million  goodwill 
impairment charge. The impaired goodwill related to our acquisitions of Coffey International Limited ("Coffey") and NDY. As 
a  result  of  the  impairment  charge,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  our  ASP  reporting  unit  equaled  its  carrying  value  of  $144.9 
million, including $95.5 million of goodwill, at September 27, 2020. On September 28, 2020 (the first day of our fiscal 2021), 
we merged our former ASP reporting unit into our Client Account Management reporting unit. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Capital Requirements. As  of October 2, 2022, we had $185.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and  access to an 
additional $784.3 million of borrowing available under our credit facility. We generated $336.2 million of cash from operations 
in fiscal 2022. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities. Our 
primary  uses  of  cash  are  to  fund  working  capital,  stock  repurchases,  cash  dividends,  capital  expenditures  and  repayment  of 
debt, as well as to fund acquisitions and earn-out obligations from prior acquisitions. We believe that our existing cash and cash 
equivalents,  operating  cash  flows  and  borrowing  capacity  under  our  credit  agreement  as  amended  in  the  anticipation  of  our 
planned  acquisition  of  RPS  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2023,  as  described  below,  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  capital 
requirements for at least the next 12 months.  

We use a variety of tax planning and financing strategies to manage our worldwide cash and deploy funds to locations 
where  they  are  needed.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  we  repatriated  approximately  $80  million  from  Canada  and 
recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. At that time, we also determined that our remaining undistributed earnings in 
Canada  of  approximately  $20.1  million  were  no  longer  being  indefinitely reinvested  and  recorded  an  additional  deferred  tax 

42 

liability/expense  of  $3.1  million.  Prospectively,  from  the  date  of  the  repatriation,  our  earnings  in  Canada  are  not  considered 
indefinitely reinvested and any potential tax liability that would be incurred upon repatriation is recognized currently with the 
related income. At October 2, 2022, undistributed earnings of our other foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Australia and the U.K. 
of approximately $81.7 million are expected to be indefinitely reinvested in these foreign countries. Accordingly, no provision 
for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Assuming the indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated under the 
laws and rates applicable at October 3, 2022, the incremental taxes applicable to those earnings would not be material. 

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase  up  to  $400  million  of  our  common  stock  in  addition  to  the  $147.8  million  remaining  under  the  previous  stock 
repurchase program at October 3, 2021. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased and settled 1,341,679 shares with an average price of 
$149.07  per  share  for  a  total  cost  of  $200.0 million  in  the open  market. At  October 2,  2022,  we  had  a  remaining  balance  of 
$347.8 million under our stock repurchase program. We declared and paid common stock dividends totaling $46.1 million, or 
$0.86 per share, in fiscal 2022 compared to $40.0 million, or $0.74 per share, in fiscal 2021. 

Subsequent  Events.    On  November 7, 2022,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.23  per 

share payable on December 9, 2022 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 21, 2022.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents.  As  of  October 2,  2022,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  $185.1  million,  an  increase  of 
$18.5 million compared to the fiscal 2021 year-end. The increase was primarily due to net cash provided by operating activities, 
partially offset by stock repurchases, dividends, as well as payments for business acquisitions, contingent earn-outs and taxes 
on vested restricted stock.  

Operating  Activities.    Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  10.5%  from  $304.4  million  in  fiscal  2021  to 
$336.2  million  in  fiscal  2022.  The  increase  primarily  reflects  higher  earnings  and  improved  working  capital  from  faster 
collections of our receivables in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. 

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $55.7 million in fiscal 2022, a decrease of $37.3 million 
compared to fiscal 2021. The decrease was primarily due to lower payments for business acquisitions completed in fiscal 2022 
compared to last fiscal year.

Financing  Activities.    In  fiscal  2022,  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $249.6  million,  an  increase  of  $39.5 

million compared to fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily due to higher stock repurchases. 

Debt  Financing.    On  February  18,  2022,  we  entered  into Amendment  No.  2  to  our  Second Amended  and  Restated 
Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit Agreement”) with a total borrowing capacity of $1.05 billion that will mature in February 
2027. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $750 million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term 
loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) and a $500 million revolving credit facility (the “Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement includes a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase the 
Amended Credit Agreement to $1.05 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for, among 
other  things,  (i)  refinance  indebtedness  under  our  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  30,  2018;  (ii)  finance  open  market 
repurchases  of  common  stock,  acquisitions  and  cash  dividends  and  distributions;  and  (iii)  utilize  the  proceeds  for  working 
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a reduction in 
the interest grid for meeting certain sustainability targets related to the (i) reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the 
Company’s  projects  and  operational  sustainability  initiatives  and  (ii)  improvement  of  peoples’  lives  as  a  result  of  the 
Company’s  projects  that  provide  environmental,  social  and  governance  benefits.  The  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility 
includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans and a 
$300 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit.

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on February 18, 2022. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject 
to quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually commencing June 30, 2022. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a benchmark rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") rate plus 1.00%,  plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In 
each case, the applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan 
Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on February 18, 2027, or earlier 
at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other obligations. 

At October 2, 2022, we had $258.8 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was  comprised  of  $243.8  million  under  the Amended  Term  Loan  Facility  and  $15.0  million  under  the Amended  Revolving 
Credit Facility.  The year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2022 was 1.97%. In 
addition,  we  had  $0.7  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement.  Our  year-to-date  weighted-
average interest rate on borrowings outstanding during fiscal 2022 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects 
of  interest  rate  swap  agreements  described  in  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated 

43 

Financial Statements" included in Item 8, was 3.60%. At October 2, 2022, we had $484.3 million of available credit under the 
Amended Revolving Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. Commitment 
fees related to our revolving credit facilities were $0.7 million each year for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers.  At  October 2,  2022,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 0.76x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 29.52x.  

In addition to the Amended Credit Agreement, we maintain other credit facilities, which may be used for short-term 
cash advances and bank guarantees. At October 2, 2022, there were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities, and the 
aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $44.4 million. As of October 2, 2022, we had no bank overdrafts 
related to our disbursement bank accounts. 

Subsequent  Event.    On  October  26,  2022,  we  entered  into  a  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  that 
provides for an additional $500 million senior secured term loan facility (the "New Term Loan Facility") increasing our total 
borrowing capacity to $1.55 billion. We expect to draw the entire amount of the New Term Loan Facility to partially finance the 
planned  acquisition  of  RPS.  The  remaining  purchase  price  is  expected  to  be  financed  with  existing  cash  on  hand  and 
borrowings  under  the  existing  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The  New  Term  Loan  Facility  is  not  subject  to  any 
amortization payments of principal and matures on the third anniversary of the RPS acquisition closing date.  

Inflation.  We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices 
as contracts end and new contracts begin.

Dividends.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends:

November 15, 2021

January 31, 2022

May 2, 2022

August 1, 2022

November 7, 2022

Income Taxes 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Dividend 
Per Share

Record Date

December 2, 2021

February 11, 2022

May 13, 2022

August 12, 2022

0.20 

0.20 

0.23 

0.23 

0.23  November 21, 2022

Total Maximum
Payment 
(in thousands)

Payment Date

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,793  December 20, 2021

10,769 

February 25, 2022

12,311 

12,226 

May 27, 2022

August 26, 2022

N/A December 9, 2022

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, 
if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning  strategies  that  could  be  implemented  to  realize  the  net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  ability  or  failure  to  achieve  the 
forecasted  taxable  income  in  the  applicable  taxing  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets. 
Based on future operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is unlikely that the current valuation allowance positions of those 
jurisdictions could be adjusted in the next 12 months. 

As of October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was 

$10.6 million and $14.1 million, respectively.  

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 
positions  may  significantly  decrease  within  the  next  12  months.  These  liabilities  represent  our  current  estimates  of  the 
additional tax liabilities that we may be assessed when the related audits are concluded. If these audits are resolved in a manner 
more  unfavorable  than  our  current  expectations,  our  additional  tax  liabilities  could  be  materially  higher  than  the  amounts 
currently recorded resulting in additional tax expense.

44 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements 
would be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not 
believe that such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations. 

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements: 

•

•

•

•

Letters of credit and bank guarantees are used primarily to support project performance and insurance programs. 
We  are  required  to  reimburse  the  issuers  of  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  for  any  payments  they  make 
under the outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Amended Credit Agreement and additional letter of 
credit  facilities  cover  the  issuance  of  our  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  and  are  critical  for  our 
normal operations. If we default on the Amended Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to 
issue  or  renew  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  would  impair  our  ability  to  maintain  normal 
operations. At October 2, 2022, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our Amended 
Credit Agreement  and $44.4 million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding under our  additional  letter  of  credit 
facilities. 

From  time  to  time,  we  provide  guarantees  and  indemnifications  related  to  our  services.  If  our  services  under  a 
guaranteed  or  indemnified  project  are  later  determined  to  have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or  other  material 
deficiency,  then  we  may  be  responsible  for  monetary  damages  or  other  legal  remedies.  When  sufficient 
information about claims on guaranteed or indemnified projects is available and monetary damages or other costs 
or losses are determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses. 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements as part of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, 
joint ventures and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We enter into these 
agreements  primarily  to  support  the  project  execution  commitments  of  these  entities.  The  potential  payment 
amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on 
behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not able to estimate other 
amounts that may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts and, accordingly, the 
total potential payment amount under our outstanding performance guarantees cannot be estimated. For cost-plus 
contracts, amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the 
client  for  work performed  under  the  contract.  For  lump  sum  or fixed-price  contracts,  this  amount  is  the  cost  to 
complete  the  contracted  work  less  amounts  remaining  to  be  billed  to  the  client  under  the  contract.  Remaining 
billable  amounts  could  be  greater  or  less  than  the  cost  to  complete.  In  those  cases  where  costs  exceed  the 
remaining  amounts  payable  under  the  contract,  we  may  have  recourse  to  third  parties,  such  as  owners,  co-
venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims. 

In the ordinary course of business, our clients may request that we obtain surety bonds in connection with contract 
performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated 
to reimburse the issuer of our surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. Each of our commitments under 
performance bonds generally ends concurrently with the expiration of our related contractual obligation. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In  order to understand  better the  changes that may 
occur to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies 
we apply and estimates we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ 
materially from those estimates. 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8. Highlighted below are  the accounting policies that  management considers most critical to  investors' understanding of 
our financial results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs 

To  determine  the  proper  revenue  recognition  method  for  contracts  under  ASC  606,  we  evaluate  whether  multiple 
contracts  should  be  combined  and  accounted  for  as  a  single  contract  and  whether  the  combined  or  single  contract  should  be 
accounted  for  as  having  more  than  one  performance  obligation.  The  decision  to  combine  a  group  of  contracts  or  separate  a 
combined  or  single  contract  into  multiple  performance  obligations  may  impact  the  amount  of  revenue  recorded  in  a  given 

45 

period.  Contracts  are  considered  to  have  a  single  performance  obligation  if  the  promises  are  not  separately  identifiable  from 
other promises in the contracts.  

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised in a contract and identify, as a separate performance 
obligation, each distinct promise to transfer goods or services to the customer. The identified performance obligations represent 
the  “units  of  account”  for  purposes  of  determining  revenue  recognition.  In  order  to  properly  identify  separate  performance 
obligations, we apply judgment in determining whether each good or service provided is: (a) capable of being distinct, whereby 
the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to 
the customer, and (b) distinct within the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the good or service to the customer is 
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.  

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most 
of  our  contract  modifications  are  for  goods  or  services  that  are  not  distinct  from  existing  contracts  due  to  the  significant 
integration provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of 
the  original  contract.  The  effect  of  a  contract  modification  on  the  transaction  price  and  our  measure  of  progress  for  the 
performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of 
revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.  

We account for contract modifications as a separate contract when the modification results in the promise to deliver 
additional goods or services that are distinct and the increase in price of the contract is for the same amount as the stand-alone 
selling price of the additional goods or services included in the modification. 

The  transaction  price  represents  the  amount  of  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for 
transferring  promised  goods  or  services  to  our  customers.  The  consideration  promised  within  a  contract  may  include  fixed 
amounts, variable amounts or both. The nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including 
claims, award fee incentives, fiscal funding clauses and liquidated damages. We recognize revenue for variable consideration 
when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized for the contract will not occur. 
We estimate the amount of revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using either the expected value or the most likely 
amount method, whichever is expected to better predict the amount of consideration to be received. Project mobilization costs 
are  generally  charged  to  project  costs  as  incurred  when  they  are  an  integrated  part  of  the  performance  obligation  being 
transferred to the client. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price  or  other  causes  of  unanticipated  additional  costs.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  revenue  associated  with 
claims  (including  change  orders  in  dispute  and  unapproved  change  orders  in  regard  to  both  scope  and  price)  should  be 
recognized  include  the  following:  (a)  the  contract  or  other evidence  provides  a  legal  basis  for  the  claim, (b)  additional  costs 
were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract date and not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (c) 
claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view of the work performed, and (d) evidence supporting the 
claim  is  objective  and  verifiable.  This  can  lead  to  a  situation  in  which  costs  are  recognized  in  one  period  and  revenue  is 
recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained, or a claims resolution occurs. In some cases, contract 
retentions are withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may be several months or 
years.  In  these  cases,  we  have  not  identified  a  significant  financing  component  under ASC  606  as  the  timing  difference  in 
payment compared to delivery of obligations under the contract is not for purposes of financing.  

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation 
using a best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The standalone selling price 
is  typically  determined  using  the  estimated  cost  of  the  contract  plus  a  margin  approach.  For  contracts  containing  variable 
consideration,  we  allocate  the  variability  to  a  specific  performance  obligation  within  the  contract  if  such  variability  relates 
specifically to our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or service, and the allocation depicts 
the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled.  

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date.  

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-

46 

cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident.  

Contract Types 

Our  services  are  performed  under  three  principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus. 

Customer payments on contracts are typically due within 60 days of billing, depending on the contract. 

Fixed-Price. Under fixed-price contracts, clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified 

scope of work. 

Time-and-Materials. Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based 
on the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials 
and other direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. Most of our time-
and-material contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and also may include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus.  Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowed  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated  fee.  The  contracts  may  also  include  incentives  for  various  performance  criteria,  including  quality,  timeliness, 
ingenuity, safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit 
agencies, and such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. 

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain  contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  Generally,  such 
guarantees  relate  to  project  schedules  and  performance.  Most  of  the  litigation  involves  us  as  a  defendant  in  contractual 
disagreements, workers' compensation, personal injury and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various 
aspects of our business and operations. However, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of 
various deductibles, limits and retentions under our insurance programs. This practice may subject us to some future liability 
for which we are only partially insured or are completely uninsured. 

We  record  in our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts representing  our  estimated  liability  for  self-insurance  claims. 
We utilize actuarial analyses to assist in determining the level of accrued liabilities to establish for our employee medical and 
workers'  compensation  self-insurance  claims  that  are  known  and  have  been  asserted  against  us,  as  well  as  for  self-insurance 
claims  that  are  believed  to  have  been  incurred  based  on  actuarial  analyses  but  have  not  yet  been  reported  to  our  claims 
administrators at the balance sheet date. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated statements 
of income. 

Except  as  described  in  Note 17,  "Commitments  and  Contingencies"  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements" included in Item 8, we do not have any litigation or other contingencies that have had, or are currently anticipated 
to have, a material impact on our results of operations or financial position. As additional information about current or future 
litigation or other contingencies becomes available, management will assess whether such information warrants the recording 
of additional expenses relating to those contingencies. Such additional expenses could potentially have a material impact on our 
results of operations and financial position. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed 
on  the  basis  of  their  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition. The  determination  of  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  acquired 
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a  market  value  is  not  readily  available.  Any  excess  of 
purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill.  Goodwill  typically 
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. 

Identifiable intangible assets include backlog, non-compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other 
assets. The costs of these intangible assets are amortized over their contractual or economic lives, which range from one to ten 
years.  We  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  unamortized  balance  of  our  intangible  assets  when  indicators  of  impairment  are 
present  based  on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall 
operations. Should the review indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the 
fair value of the intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss. 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  In  addition,  we 
regularly  evaluate  whether  events  and  circumstances  have occurred  that  may  indicate  a potential  change  in  recoverability  of 
goodwill. We  perform  interim  goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances 
have  occurred,  including  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions,  an  increased  competitive  environment,  a  change  in 

47 

management, key personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or 
earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods (see Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of 
the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion). 

We  believe  the  methodology that  we  use  to  review  impairment  of goodwill,  which  includes  a  significant  amount  of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of 
the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are outside of our control, and it is reasonably likely that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments. 

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are 
the components one level below our reportable segments. This process requires us to make significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions  and  estimates  derived  from  a  review  of  our  expected  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  profit  margins,  business 
plans,  discount  rates  and  terminal  growth  rates.  We  also  make  certain  assumptions  about  future  market  conditions,  market 
prices,  interest  rates  and  changes  in  business  strategies.  Changes  in  assumptions  or  estimates  could  materially  affect  the 
determination  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit.  This  could  eliminate  the  excess  of  fair  value  over  carrying  value  of  a 
reporting unit entirely and, in some cases, result in impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by a loss of one 
or  more  significant  contracts,  reductions  in  government  or  commercial  client  spending  or  a  decline  in  the  demand  for  our 
services  due  to  changing  economic  conditions.  In  the  event  that  we  determine  that  our  goodwill  is  impaired,  we  would  be 
required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  or  financial 
position. 

We  use two methods to  determine the  fair value of our reporting units: (i) the  Income Approach and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each of  these  approaches  is  initially  considered  in  the valuation of  the  business  enterprises,  the  nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted 
cash  flow  method,  which  focuses  on  the  expected  cash  flow  of  the  reporting  unit.  In  applying  this  approach,  the  cash  flow 
available for distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes of 
this  analysis,  as  the  amount  of  cash  that  could  be  distributed  as  a  dividend  without  impairing  the  future  profitability  or 
operations of the reporting unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit 
at  the  end  of  the  estimation  period)  are  then  discounted  to present  value  to derive  an  indication  of  the value of  the  business 
enterprise.  The  Market  Approach  is  comprised  of  the  guideline  company  method  and  the  similar  transactions  method.  The 
guideline company method focuses on comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded 
companies.  Under  this  method,  valuation  multiples  are  (i) derived  from  the  operating  data  of  selected  guideline  companies; 
(ii) evaluated  and  adjusted  based  on  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the  reporting  units  relative  to  the  selected  guideline 
companies;  and  (iii) applied  to  the  operating  data  of  the  reporting  unit  to  arrive  at  an  indication  of  value.  In  the  similar 
transactions  method,  consideration  is  given  to  prices  paid  in  recent  transactions  that  have  occurred  in  the  reporting  unit's 
industry  or  in  related  industries.  For  our  annual  impairment  analysis,  we  weighted  the  Income  Approach  and  the  Market 
Approach  at  70%  and  30%,  respectively.  The  Income  Approach  was  given  a  higher  weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct 
correlation to the specific economics of the reporting unit, as compared to the Market Approach, which is based on multiples of 
broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at July 4, 2022 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 
2022), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in 
excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their 
carrying values by less than 165%. 

On  September  2,  2020, Australia  announced  that  it  had  fallen  into  economic  recession,  defined  as  two  consecutive 
quarters of negative growth, for the first time since 1991 including 7% negative growth in the quarter ending in June 2020. That 
trend prompted a strategic review of our Asia/Pacific ("ASP") reporting unit, which was in our CIG reportable segment. As a 
result  of  the  economic  recession  in  Australia,  our  revenue  growth  and  profit  margin  forecasts  for  the  ASP  reporting  unit 
declined from the previous forecast used for our annual goodwill impairment review as of June 29, 2020. We also performed an 
interim  goodwill  impairment  review  of  our  ASP  reporting  unit  in  September  2020  and  recorded  a  $15.8  million  goodwill 
impairment charge. The impaired goodwill related to our acquisitions of Coffey and NDY. As a result of the impairment charge, 
the  estimated  fair  value  of  our ASP  reporting  unit  equaled  its  carrying  value  of  $144.9  million,  including  $95.5  million  of 
goodwill,  at  September  27,  2020.  On  September  28,  2020  (the  first  day  of  our  fiscal  2021),  we  merged  our  former  ASP 
reporting unit into our Client Account Management reporting unit. 

Contingent Consideration

Certain  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  arrangements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. 

48 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Estimated contingent earn-
out  liabilities"  and  "Long-term  estimated  contingent  earn-out  liabilities"  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider 
several  factors  when  determining  that  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  are  part  of  the  purchase  price,  including  the  following: 
(1) the  valuation  of  our  acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out 
formula is a  critical and material component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price;  and (2) the former 
shareholders  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive  compensation  other  than  contingent  earn-out 
payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments 
are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified  within  Level 3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  (See  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation  –  Fair  Value  of 
Financial Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted 
discounted income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. 
The  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurements  are  operating  income  projections  over  the  earn-out 
period (generally two or three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases 
or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability 
capped  by  the  contractual  maximum  of  the  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  Ultimately,  the  liability  will  be  equivalent  to  the 
amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid 
that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  the  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  our 
consolidated statements of  cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the  liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash 
used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Income Taxes 

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in the states, 
foreign  jurisdictions  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  account  for  certain  income  and  expense  items 
differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the differences 
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result  in taxable or deductible amounts  in the 
future  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  In 
determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets,  management  reviews  both  positive  and  negative 
evidence, including current and historical results of operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. 
Based  on  our  assessment,  we  have  concluded  that  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  at  October  2,  2022,  primarily  loss 
carryforwards, will not be realized, and we have reserved accordingly. 

 In  fiscal 2022, the  Inflation Reduction Act and the CHIPS and Science Act  were  signed into law. These Acts both 
contain  new  U.S.  income  tax  provisions;  however,  we  do  not  expect  them  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement. For more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 8, "Income Taxes" of the "Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

For a discussion of recent accounting standards and the effect they could have on the consolidated financial statements, 

see Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculation  purposes.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to 
the Canadian and Australian dollar and the British Pound.  

49 

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Amended Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both 
the Amended Term Loan Facility and Amended Revolving Credit Facility. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) a 
base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the 
SOFR rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based 
on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate 
provisions.  Borrowings  at  the  base  rate  have  no  designated  term  and  may  be  repaid  without  penalty  any  time  prior  to  the 
Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a SOFR rate have a term no less than 30 days and no greater than 180 days and may be 
prepaid without penalty. Typically, at the end of such term, such borrowings may be rolled over at our discretion into either a 
borrowing at the base rate or a borrowing at a SOFR rate with similar terms, not to exceed the maturity date of the Facility. The 
Facility  matures  on  February  18,  2027.  At  October 2,  2022,  we  had  $258.8  million  in  outstanding  borrowings  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement, which was comprised of $243.8 million under the Amended Term Loan Facility and $15.0 million 
under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility.  The year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings 
during fiscal 2022 was 1.97%. 

In August 2018, we entered into five interest rate swap agreements with five banks to fix the variable interest rate on 
$250 million of our Amended Term Loan Facility. The objective of these interest rate swaps was to eliminate the variability of 
our  cash  flows  on  the  amount  of  interest  expense  we  pay  under  our  Credit Agreement. As  of  October 2,  2022,  the  notional 
principal  of  our  outstanding  interest  swap  agreements  was  $200.0  million  ($40.0  million  each.)  Our  year-to-date  average 
effective  interest  rate  on  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap 
agreements,  at  October 2,  2022,  was  3.60%.  For  more  information,  see  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8. 

Most of our transactions are in U.S. dollars; however, some of our subsidiaries conduct business in foreign currencies, 
primarily  the  Canadian  and  Australian  dollar  and  the  British  Pound.  Therefore,  we  are  subject  to  currency  exposure  and 
volatility because of currency fluctuations. We attempt to minimize our exposure to these fluctuations by matching revenue and 
expenses in the same currency for our contracts. We reported $0.2 million and $1.4 million of foreign currency losses in fiscal 
2022 and 2021, respectively, in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on our consolidated statements of income.  

We  have  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposure  in  our  results  of  operations  and  equity  primarily  because  of  the 
currency  translation  related  to  our  foreign  subsidiaries  where  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency. To  the  extent  the 
U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result 
in reduced revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities 
will  increase  if  the  U.S.  dollar  weakens  against  foreign  currencies.  For  fiscal  2022  and  2021,  31.0%  and  29.8%  of  our 
consolidated revenue, respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2022, the effect of foreign exchange 
rate translation on the consolidated balance sheets was a decrease in equity of $94.9 million compared to an increase in equity 
of  $30.6  million  in  fiscal  2021.  These  amounts  were  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  equity  through  other  comprehensive 
income.  

In the anticipation of the planned acquisition of RPS, we entered into a forward contract during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal  2022  to  acquire  GBP  714.0  million  at  a  rate  of  1.0852  for  a  total  of  USD  774.8  million.  The  contract  matures  on 
December 30, 2022. Although an effective economic hedge of our foreign exchange risk related to this transaction, the forward 
contract did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the forward contract is marked-to-market with changes in fair value 
recognized in earnings each period. The intrinsic value of the forward contract was immaterial at inception as the GBP/USD 
spot and forward exchange rates were essentially the same. The fair value of the forward contract at October 2, 2022 was $19.9 
million, which resulted in an unrealized gain of the same amount in the fourth quarter fiscal  2022 and is reflected in “Other 
income" on the consolidated income statement for fiscal 2022. The related $19.9 million asset is reported in "Prepaid expenses 
and other current assets" on the consolidated balance sheet at October 2, 2022. 

50 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and September 27, 
2020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and 
September 27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and September 
27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and September 27, 
2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 
3, 2021 and September 27, 2020

Page

52

54

55

56

57

58

60

92

51 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Tetra  Tech,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive 
income, of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 2, 2022, including the related notes 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  October  2,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  October 2,  2022  and  October  3,  2021,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  October  2,  2022  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  2, 2022, based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is 
to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting  based  on  our  audits. We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks. Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements. Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles. A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles, and that  receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i)  relates  to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or  complex judgments. The communication of critical  audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the 

52 

consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below, 
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Determination of Total Estimated Contract Cost for Fixed-price Contracts 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.32 billion of the Company’s total revenues for the 
year  ended  October  2,  2022  was  generated  from  fixed-price  contracts.  As  disclosed  by  management,  under  fixed-price 
contracts, the Company's clients pay an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. Revenue is 
recognized over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to 
the Company's customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a 
cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total 
estimated  contract  cost.  This  measure  includes  forecasts  based  on  the  best  information  available  and  reflects  management's 
judgment  to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  Due  to  uncertainties  inherent  in  the 
estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance obligation will be revised in the near-term. 
For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method, changes in 
total  estimated  costs,  and  related  progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation,  are  recognized  on  a 
cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made. As a result, the Company recognized 
immaterial operating income adjustments for the year ended October 2, 2022. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also 
result in a projected loss, determined at the contract level, which would be recorded immediately in earnings. The anticipated 
losses and estimated cost to complete the related contracts was $10.0 million and approximately $80 million, respectively, as of 
October 2, 2022. Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that the Company seeks to collect from clients or other 
third parties. The Company had no claims as of October 2, 2022. 

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  revenue  recognition  - 
determination  of  total  estimated  contract  cost  for fixed-price  contracts  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  the  significant  amount of 
judgment required by management in determining the total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts which, in turn, led 
to  a  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment,  subjectivity,  and  audit  effort  in  performing  procedures  and  in  evaluating  the  audit 
evidence obtained related to the total estimated contract costs for fixed-price contracts with cumulative catch-up adjustments, 
anticipated losses or claims. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating 
to  the  revenue  recognition  process,  including  controls  over  the  determination  of  total  estimated  contract  cost  for  fixed-price 
contracts. These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating and testing management’s process for determining the 
total estimated contract cost for a sample of contracts with cumulative catch-up adjustments, anticipated losses or claims, which 
included  evaluating  the  contract  terms  and  other  documents  that  support  those  estimates,  and  testing  of  underlying  contract 
costs; (ii) assessing management's ability to reasonably estimate total contract costs by performing a  comparison of the total 
estimated contract cost as compared with prior period estimates, including evaluating the timely identification of circumstances 
that may warrant a  modification to the  total estimated  contract  cost; and (iii) evaluating, for certain contracts, management’s 
methodologies and assessing the consistency of management’s approach over the life of the contract. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California 
November 23, 2022 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

53 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except par value) 

ASSETS

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes receivable
Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Right-of-use assets, operating leases
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other long-term assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Short-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Current portion of long-term debt
Current contingent earn-out liabilities
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term debt
Long-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

Equity:

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021
Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
52,981 and 53,981 shares at October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interests

Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

185,094  $ 
755,112 
92,405 
115,400 
10,205 
1,158,216 
32,316 
182,319 
4,570 
1,110,412 
29,163 
47,804 
57,976 
2,622,776  $ 

166,568 
668,998 
103,784 
112,338 
14,260 
1,065,948 
37,733 
215,422 
3,282 
1,108,578 
37,990 
54,413 
53,196 
2,576,562 

147,436  $ 
237,669 
241,340 
57,865 
12,504 
28,797 
190,406 
916,017 
15,161 
246,250 
146,285 
36,769 
79,157 

128,767 
206,322 
190,403 
67,452 
12,504 
19,520 
223,515 
848,483 
10,563 
200,000 
174,285 
39,777 
69,163 

— 

530 

(208,144)
1,390,701 
1,183,087 
50 
1,183,137 
2,622,776  $ 

— 

540 

(125,028)
1,358,726 
1,234,238 
53 
1,234,291 
2,576,562 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

54 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Income from operations

Interest income

Interest expense

Other income

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

October 2,
2022
3,504,048  $ 

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
3,213,513  $ 

September 27, 
2020
2,994,891 

(668,468)

(661,341)

(646,319)

(2,260,021)

(2,053,772)

(1,902,037)

575,559 

(234,784)

(329)

— 

340,446 

1,780 

(13,364)

19,904 

348,766 

(85,602)

263,164 

(39)

498,400 

(222,972)

3,273 

— 

278,701 

917 

(12,748)

— 

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

(21)

446,535 

(204,615)

14,971 

(15,800)

241,091 

1,375 

(14,475)

— 

227,991 

(54,101)

173,890 

(31)

263,125  $ 

232,810  $ 

173,859 

4.91  $ 

4.86  $ 

4.31  $ 

4.26  $ 

53,620 

54,163

54,078 

54,675

3.21 

3.16 

54,235 

55,022

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55 

 
 
 
Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 Gain (loss) on cash flow hedge valuations, net of tax

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

$ 

263,164  $ 

232,831  $ 

173,890 

(94,933)

11,806 

(83,127)

30,644 

6,117 

36,761 

3,435 

(4,638)

(1,203)

Comprehensive income, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net 
of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to Tetra Tech, net of tax

$ 

$ 

180,037  $ 

269,592  $ 

172,687 

28 

24 

30 

180,009  $ 

269,568  $ 

172,657 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

56 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Equity in income of unconsolidated joint ventures
Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
Amortization of stock-based awards
Deferred income taxes
Impairment of goodwill
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
Fair value adjustment to foreign currency forward contract

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions:

Accounts receivable and contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Other liabilities
Income taxes receivable/payable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from sales of assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from borrowings
Repayments on long-term debt
Repurchases of common stock
Taxes paid on vested restricted stock
Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities
Stock options exercised
Bank overdrafts
Dividends paid
Principal payments on finance leases

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental information:

Cash paid during the year for:

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

$ 

263,164  $ 

232,831  $ 

173,890 

27,033 
(7,525)
6,177 
26,227 
2,175 
— 
329 
103 
(19,904)

(89,781)
69,697 
17,099 
27,458 
55,915 
(56,606)
14,627 
336,188 

(49,124)
(10,582)
3,966 
(55,740)

161,456 
(117,080)
(200,000)
(25,223)
(20,124)
1,806 
— 
(46,099)
(4,344)
(249,608)

(12,314)

18,526 
166,568 

23,805 
(4,990)
4,604 
23,067 
(38,494)
— 
(3,273)
(110)
— 

13,301 
(582)
13,551 
5,425 
13,407 
8,740 
13,090 
304,372 

(84,911)
(8,573)
492 
(92,992)

370,222 
(414,308)
(60,000)
(17,630)
(20,251)
11,250 
(36,627)
(40,041)
(2,714)
(210,099)

7,772

9,053 
157,515 

$ 

185,094  $ 

166,568  $ 

24,611 
(6,605)
6,310 
19,424 
565 
15,800 
(14,971)
(11,066)
— 

156,015 
(11,321)
(102,162)
(8,173)
5,894 
19,460 
(5,192)
262,479 

(68,488)
(12,245)
17,710 
(63,023)

308,364 
(331,066)
(117,188)
(11,166)
(22,900)
10,334 
36,627 
(34,743)
(1,311)
(163,049)

207

36,614 
120,901 

157,515 

Interest
Income taxes, net of refunds received of $4.8 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million 

$ 
$ 

13,378  $ 
70,799  $ 

10,330  $ 
$ 
59,111 

13,256 
55,039 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2020, October 3, 2021, and October 2, 2022  
(in thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

54,565 

$ 

546 

$ 

78,132 

$ 

(160,584) $  1,071,192 

$ 

989,286 

$ 

178 

$ 

989,464 

173,859 

173,859 

31 

173,890 

3,436 

(4,638)

3,436 

(4,638)

(1)

3,435 

(4,638)

172,657 

30 

172,687 

(154)

(154)

19,424 

(11,168)

10,330 

8,714 

2 

4 

1 

(34,743)

(34,743)

19,424 

(11,166)

10,334 

8,715 

(15)

(105,432)

$ 

(11,741)

(117,188)

212 

361 

168 

(1,509)

(34,743)

19,424 

(11,166)

10,334 

8,715 

(117,188)

53,797 

538 

— 

(161,786)

1,198,567 

1,037,319 

54 

1,037,373 

232,810 

232,810 

21 

232,831 

30,641 

6,117 

30,641 

6,117 

269,568 

(40,041)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

(32,610)

3 

30,644 

24 

(25)

6,117 

269,592 

(25)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

215 

324 

124 

(479)

3 

3 

1 

(5)

23,067 

(17,633)

11,247 

10,704 

(27,385)

  53,981 

540 

— 

(125,028)

1,358,726 

1,234,238 

53 

1,234,291 

263,125 

263,125 

39 

263,164 

58 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 29, 
2019

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Loss on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.64 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 27, 
2020

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.74 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 3, 2021

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.86 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 2, 2022

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

(94,922)

11,806 

(94,922)

11,806 

180,009 

(46,099)

(46,099)

26,227 

(25,223)

1,806 

12,129 

(200,000)

(185,051)

(11)

(94,933)

28 

(31)

11,806 

180,037 

(31)

(46,099)

26,227 

(25,223)

1,806 

12,129 

(200,000)

190 

46 

106 

(1,342)

2 

— 

1 

(13)

26,227 

(25,225)

1,806 

12,128 

(14,936)

52,981 

$ 

530 

$ 

—  $ 

(208,144) $  1,390,701 

$ 

1,183,087 

$ 

50 

$  1,183,137 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

59 

 
 
Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1.           Description of Business 

We are a leading global provider of high-end consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, 
sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global  company  that  is  Leading  with 
Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project 
by  identifying  technical  solutions  and  developing  execution  plans  tailored  to  our  clients’  needs  and  resources.  Our  solutions 
may  span  the  entire  life  cycle  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  projects  and  include  applied  science,  data  analysis, 
research, engineering, design, project management and operations and maintenance. 

We  manage  our  business  under  two  reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  (“GSG”)  reportable 
segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and all activities with development 
agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  (“CIG”)  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities 
with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. Beginning in fiscal 2022, we aligned 
our operations to better serve our clients and markets, and created a new High Performance Buildings ("HPB") division in our 
CIG  reportable  segment.  As  a  result,  we  transferred  some  related  operations  in  our  GSG  reportable  segment  to  our  CIG 
reportable  segment.  Prior  year  amounts  for  reportable  segments  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year 
presentation.

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those 
of  joint  ventures  of  which  we  are  the  primary beneficiary. All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal  Year.    We  report  results  of  operations  based  on  52  or  53-week  periods  ending  on  the  Sunday  nearest 

September 30. Fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 contained 52, 53 and 52 weeks, respectively. 

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in  the  United  States  of  America  ("U.S.  GAAP")  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Although  such 
estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, 
actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 
90 days or less. Occasionally, we have bank overdrafts, which occur when a bank honors disbursements in excess of funds on 
deposit  in  our  bank  accounts. We  classify  bank  overdrafts  as  short-term  borrowings  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  and 
report the change in overdrafts as a financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows.   

Insurance  Matters,  Litigation  and  Contingencies.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain 
contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  In  addition,  we  maintain  insurance  coverage  for  various  aspects  of  our  business  and 
operations.  We  record  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts  representing  our  estimated  liability  for  these  legal  and 
insurance obligations.  Any adjustments to these liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statements of income. 

Accounts  Receivable –  Net.    Net  accounts  receivable  consists  of  billed  and  unbilled  accounts  receivable,  and 
allowances for doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been collected. 
Unbilled accounts receivable, which represent an unconditional right to payment subject only to the passage of time, include 
unbilled amounts typically resulting  from revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or  billed after  the 
period end date. Most of our unbilled receivables at October 2, 2022 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. 
Unbilled  accounts  receivable  also  include  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that  provide  for 
price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We 
determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual and 
forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency 
or a commercial sector client; and general economic and industry conditions that may affect our clients' ability to pay. 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities. Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for 
which we have the contractual right to bill our  customers. Contract retentions, included in contract  assets, represent amounts 
withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond one year. Contract 
liabilities represent the amount of cash collected from clients and billings to clients on contracts in advance of work performed 
and revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts are expected be earned within 12 months and are classified as current 
liabilities. 

60 

Prepaid and other current assets.    Prepaid assets consist primarily of payments for insurance and software costs and 
are amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Other current assets include primarily sales/services and use tax receivables 
from our U.S and foreign operations.

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives  using  the  straight-line  method.  When  property  and  equipment  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and 
accumulated depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  Expenditures  for  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Generally,  estimated 
useful lives range from three to seven years for equipment, furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a 
straight-line basis over  the  shorter  of their estimated useful lives or the  lease term.  Assets held for sale are measured at  the 
lower of carrying amount (i.e., net book value) and fair value less cost to sell, and are reported within "Prepaid expenses and 
other  current  assets"  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Once  assets  are  classified  as  held  for  sale,  they  are  no  longer 
depreciated. 

Long-Lived Assets.   We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets when the facts and circumstances suggest 
that the assets may be impaired. This assessment is performed based on the estimated undiscounted cash flows compared to the 
carrying value of the assets. If the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than the carrying value, 
a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

Leases.        We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease 
right-of-use  ("ROU")  assets,  and  current  and  long-term  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Our 
finance  leases  are  reported  in  "Other  long-term  assets",  "Other  current  liabilities"  and  "Other  long-term  liabilities"  on  our 
consolidated balance sheet.  

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use 
date. The fair value is determined based on the remaining lease rentals, adjusted for the effects of any prepaid or deferred items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals.

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased 
and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of these assets 
and  liabilities  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a market  value  is  not  readily  available. Any 
excess of purchase price over the fair value  of net tangible  and  intangible  assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill 
typically  represents  the  value  paid  for  the  assembled  workforce  and  enhancement  of  our  service  offerings. Transaction  costs 
associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value 
of  the  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  acquisition.  Following  an  acquisition,  we  perform  an  analysis  to  value  the  acquired 
company's tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider 
backlog,  non-compete  agreements,  client  relations,  trade  names,  patents  and  other  assets.  We  amortize  our  intangible  assets 
based on the  period over  which  the  contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be  realized. We 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  is  not  fully  recoverable,  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs, or circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  believe  the  methodology  that  we  use  to  review 
impairment of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to 
determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is 
impaired  are  outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that  assumptions  and  estimates  will  change  in  future  periods. 
These changes could result in future impairments. 

61 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  Our  last  annual 
review was performed at July 4, 2022 (i.e., the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter). In addition, we regularly evaluate whether 
events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim 
goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred,  including  a 
deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, 
strategy or customers,  negative or declining cash flows or a decline  in  actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with 
actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is 
defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Our operating segments 
are the same as our reportable segments and our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing are the components one level 
below  our  reportable  segments. These  components  constitute  a  business  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available 
and where segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an 
operating segment that have similar economic characteristics. 

The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  involves  the  comparison  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  the 
reporting  unit's  carrying  value,  including  goodwill. We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units  based  on  a  comparison  and 
weighting of the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method and the market approach, which estimates the 
fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  based  upon  comparable  market  prices  and  recent  transactions  and  also  validates  the 
reasonableness  of  the  multiples  from  the  income  approach.  The  development  of  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flow 
projections includes assumptions and estimates derived  from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, operating profit 
margins,  discount  rates  and  the  terminal  growth  rate.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  amount,  the 
goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired. However, if its carrying value exceeds its fair value, our goodwill is 
impaired,  and  we  are  required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.  An impairment loss recognized, if any, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the 
reporting unit.   

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally  based  on  the  achievement  of  future  operating  income  thresholds.  The  contingent  earn-out  arrangements  are  based 
upon  our  valuations  of  the  acquired  companies  and  reduce  the  risk  of  overpaying  for  acquisitions  if  the  projected  financial 
results are not achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-
out liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of 
our acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally three or five years) and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Other  current  liabilities.    Other  current  liabilities  consists  primarily  of  accrued  insurance,  contingent  liabilities, 

sales/services and use taxes due to our U.S. and foreign operations, other tax accruals and accrued professional fees. 

62 

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments.    We  determine  the  fair  values  of  our  financial  instruments,  including  short-
term investments, debt instruments, derivative instruments and pension plan assets based on inputs or assumptions that market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure 
of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs 
are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar 
assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through 
market  corroboration,  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  financial  instrument;  and  Level 3  inputs  are  unobservable  inputs 
based  on  our  own  assumptions  used  to  measure  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value.  The  classification  of  a  financial  asset  or 
liability within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The  carrying  amounts  of  our  revolving  credit  facility  approximates  fair  value  because  the 
interest rates are based upon variable reference rates. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities 
and amounts related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value. 

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable 
value or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those 
used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a 
different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry 
them  at  fair  value.  For  derivative  instruments  that  hedge  the  exposure  to  variability  in  expected  future  cash  flows  that  are 
designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component 
of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or periods 
during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if 
any,  is  recognized  in  current  income.  To  receive  hedge  accounting  treatment,  cash  flow  hedges  must  be  highly  effective  in 
offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. 

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional  currency  in  a  foreign  operation  is  reported  in  the  same  manner  as  a  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment. 
Accordingly, any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do 
not qualify as hedges are adjusted to fair value through current income. 

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain 
key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  that  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  applicable  authoritative  guidance  on 
accounting  for  deferred  compensation  arrangements  where  amounts  earned  are  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  and  invested.  Employee 
deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts that 
we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance sheets reflect 
our  investment  in  variable  life  insurance  contracts  in  "Other  long-term  assets."  Our  obligation  to  participating  employees  is 
reflected in "Other long-term liabilities." The net gains and losses related to the deferred compensation plan are reported as part 
of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of income. 

Pension Plan.  We assumed a defined benefit pension plan from a fiscal 2021 acquisition. We calculate the market-
related  value  of  assets,  which  is  used  to  determine  the  return-on-assets  component  of  annual  pension  expense  and  the 
cumulative  net  unrecognized  gain  or  loss  subject  to  amortization.  This  calculation  reflects  our  anticipated  long-term  rate  of 
return and amortization of the difference between the actual return (including capital, dividends, and interest) and the expected 
return. Cumulative net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair 
market related value of plan assets are subject to amortization.

Income  Taxes.    We  file a  consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return.  In  addition,  we  file  other  returns  that  are 
required in the states, foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and 
expense items differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for 
the  difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts  in the  future  based on enacted  tax laws and rates applicable  to the  periods in which the differences  are  expected to 
reverse. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management reviews both positive and negative evidence, including 
current and historical results of operations, future income projections, scheduled reversals of deferred tax amounts, availability 
of carrybacks and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a portion of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. 

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 

63 

such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate  settlement.  This  guidance  also  addresses  de-recognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with 
lower  risk  financial  institutions  and,  by  policy,  limit  the  amount  of  investment  exposure  to  any  one  financial  institution. 
Approximately 23% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2022 year-
end. The remaining accounts receivable are generally diversified due to the large number of organizations comprising our client 
base  and  their  geographic  dispersion.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  clients  and  maintain  an  allowance  for 
potential credit losses. Approximately 48%, 21% and 31% of our fiscal 2022 revenue was generated from our U.S. government, 
U.S. commercial and international clients, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary  currency  in  which  they  operate.  These  operating  units  maintain  their  accounting  records  in  their  local  currency, 
primarily Canadian and Australian dollars and British pounds. Where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation 
of assets and liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses 
to U.S. dollars is based on the average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a component of other 
comprehensive income. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in income from operations.

Reclassifications.     Certain  reclassifications  were  made  to  the  prior  fiscal  years  to  conform  to  the  current-year 

presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in Fiscal 2022.

In  December  2019,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
("ASU")  2019-12,  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing  certain  exceptions  to  general  principles  in 
Topic 740 and amending certain existing guidance for clarity. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, and 
the adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2020, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued guidance amending certain financial disclosures about 
acquired  and  disposed  businesses.  The  amendments  are  designed  to  assist  registrants  in  making  more  meaningful 
determinations of whether a subsidiary or an acquired or disposed business is significant, and to improve the related disclosure 
requirements.  We  adopted  this  guidance  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  and  the  adoption  did  not  have  an  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, which requires the recognition and measurement of contract assets 
and contract  liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance  with Accounting Standards Codification Topic  606, 
"Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers"  ("ASC  606").  Considerations  to  determine  the  amount  of  contract  assets  and 
contract  liabilities  to  record  at  the  acquisition  date  include  the  terms  of  the  acquired  contract,  such  as  timing  of  payment, 
identification of each performance obligation in the contract and allocation of the contract transaction price to each identified 
performance  obligation  on  a relative  standalone  selling  price  basis  as  of  contract  inception. ASU  2021-08  is  effective  for  us 
beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2023. ASU 2021-08 should be applied prospectively for acquisitions occurring on or after 
the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption of the proposed amendments would be permitted, including adoption in an 
interim  period. We  adopted  this  guidance  in  the  first quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  and  the  adoption  did  not  have  an  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted. 

In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832), which requires disclosures 
for  transactions  with  a  government  authority  that  are  accounted  for  by  applying  a  grant  or  contribution  model  by  analogy, 
including (1) the types of transactions, (2) the accounting for those transactions, and (3) the effect of those transactions on an 
entity's financial statements. ASU 2021-10 is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2023, with early adoption 
permitted. This guidance should be applied prospectively to all transactions that are reflected in the financial statements at the 
date of initial application and to new transactions that are entered into after that date, or retrospectively.  

64 

In  fiscal  2020,  the  Canadian  federal  government  implemented  the  Canadian  Emergency  Wage  Subsidy  ("CEWS") 
program in response to the negative impact of the  coronavirus disease 2019 ("COVID-19") pandemic on businesses operating 
in Canada. Our Canadian legal entities qualified for and applied for these CEWS cash benefits to partially offset the impacts of 
revenue  reductions  and  on-going  staffing  costs.  The  $26.0 million  total  received  was  initially  recorded  in  "Other  current 
liabilities"  until  all  potential  amendments  to  the  qualification  criteria,  including  some  that  were  proposed  with  retroactive 
application, were finalized in fiscal 2022. As there are no further contingencies, beginning in fiscal 2023, the amounts received 
will  be  distributed  to  all  Canadian  employees.  We  expect  to  distribute  approximately  $9 million  in  the  next  twelve  months. 
Accordingly,  this  amount  was  reclassified  from  "Other  current  liabilities"  to  "Accrued  compensation"  on  our  consolidated 
balance  sheet  as  of  October  2,  2022.  The  remaining  $17.0 million,  which  we  expect  to  distribute  beyond  one  year,  was 
reclassified to "Other long-term liabilities". We do not expect there will be any related impact to our operating income, and we 
have no outstanding applications for further government assistance. 

3.           Revenue and Contract Balances 

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgement 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date. 

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-
cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident. 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

We disaggregate revenue by client sector and contract type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The following tables present revenue disaggregated by 
client sector and contract type:  

Client Sector:
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. state and local government

U.S. commercial
International (2)

Total

Contract Type:
Fixed-price

Time-and-materials

Cost-plus

Total

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27, 
2020

$ 

1,064,347  $ 

1,081,608  $ 

603,286 

748,953 

1,087,462 

536,309 

638,169 

957,427 

993,835 

439,019 

674,605 

887,432 

$ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $ 

2,994,891 

$ 

1,317,993  $ 

1,191,244  $ 

1,078,432 

1,637,019 

549,036 

1,492,813 

529,456 

1,391,592 

524,867 

$ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $ 

2,994,891 

(1)    Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.
(2)    Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2022 

and 2021.

65 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

We  invoice  customers  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  each  contract.  However,  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition 

may differ from the timing of invoice issuance. 

 Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for which we have the contractual right to bill 
our  customers.  Such  amounts  are  recoverable  from  customers  based  upon  various  measures  of  performance,  including 
achievement of certain milestones or completion of a contract. In addition, many of our time and materials arrangements are 
billed  in  arrears  pursuant  to  contract  terms  that  are  standard  within  the  industry,  resulting  in  contract  assets  and/or  unbilled 
receivables  being  recorded,  as  revenue  is  recognized  in  advance  of  billings.  Contract  retentions,  included  in  contract  assets, 
represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond 
one year. 

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  billings  in  excess  of  revenue recognized.  Contract  liabilities  decrease  as  we  recognize 
revenue from the satisfaction of the related performance obligation and increase as billings in advance of revenue recognition 
occur. Contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting 
period.  There  were  no  substantial  non-current  contract  assets  or  liabilities  for  the  periods  presented.  Net  contract  liabilities 
consisted of the following:

Contract assets (1)
Contract liabilities

Net contract liabilities

Balance at

October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

92,405  $ 

241,340 

(148,935) $ 

103,784 

190,403 

(86,619)

(1)    Includes $23.3 million and $12.2 million of contract retentions as of October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021, respectively. 

In fiscal 2022, we recognized revenue of approximately $125 million from amounts included in the contract liability 

balance at the end of fiscal 2021, compared to approximately $119 million in fiscal 2021. 

We  recognize  revenue  primarily  using  the  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress  method  to  estimate  progress  towards 
completion.  Changes  in  those  estimates  could  result  in  the  recognition  of  cumulative  catch-up  adjustments  to  the  contract’s 
inception-to-date revenue, costs and profit in the period in which such changes are made. The corresponding net revenue and 
operating income adjustments were immaterial for fiscal 2022 and 2021.  

Changes  in  revenue  and  cost estimates  could  also  result  in  a  projected  loss,  determined at  the  contract  level,  which 
would  be  recorded  immediately  in  earnings.  As  of  October 2,  2022  and  October 3,  2021,  our  consolidated  balance  sheets 
included liabilities for anticipated losses of $10.0 million and $12.7 million, respectively. The estimated cost to complete these 
related contracts as of October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021 was approximately $80 million and $104 million, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable, Net

Net accounts receivable consisted of the following:

Billed

Unbilled

Total accounts receivable
Allowance for doubtful accounts

Total accounts receivable, net

Balance at

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

491,700  $ 

267,161 

758,861 
(3,749)

$ 

755,112  $ 

432,814 

240,536 

673,350 
(4,352)

668,998 

Billed  accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  billed  to  clients  that  have  not  been  collected.  Unbilled  accounts 
receivable,  which represent  an  unconditional  right  to payment  subject  only  to  the passage  of  time,  include  unbilled amounts 
typically  resulting  from  revenue  recognized  but  not  yet  billed  pursuant  to  contract  terms  or  billed  after  the  period  end  date. 
Substantially all of our unbilled receivables at October 2, 2022 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We 

66 

determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual and 
forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency 
or a commercial sector client; and general economic and industry conditions, including the potential impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic, that may affect our clients' ability to pay. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price  or  other  causes  of  unanticipated  additional  costs.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  revenue  associated  with 
claims  (including  change  orders  in  dispute  and  unapproved  change  orders  in  regards  to  both  scope  and  price)  should  be 
recognized  include  the  following:  (a)  the  contract  or  other evidence  provides  a  legal  basis  for  the  claim, (b)  additional  costs 
were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract date and not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (c) 
claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view of the work performed, and (d) evidence supporting the 
claim  is  objective  and  verifiable.  This  can  lead  to  a  situation  in  which  costs  are  recognized  in  one  period  and  revenue  is 
recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained or a claims resolution occurs. Total accounts receivable 
at  October  3,  2021  included  approximately  $11 million  related  to  claims,  including  requests  for  equitable  adjustment,  on 
contracts that provide for price redetermination. This amount related to a single claim in our RCM reportable segment. In May 
2022, we received a cash settlement for the claim, which resulted in an immaterial gain in the third quarter of fiscal 2022. There 
were no claims included in our total accounts receivable at October 2, 2022. 

We regularly evaluate all unsettled claim amounts and record appropriate adjustments to revenue when it is probable 
that the claim will result in a different contract value than the amount previously estimated. In fiscal 2022, we recorded no gains 
or losses related to claims other than the aforementioned immaterial gain on the settled RCM claim. In fiscal 2021 (all in the 
second quarter), we recognized increases to revenue and related gains of $2.8 million in our CIG reportable segment. 

No single client accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021. 

Remaining Unsatisfied Performance Obligations (“RUPOs”) 

Our  RUPOs  represent  a  measure  of  the  total  dollar  value  of  work  to  be  performed  on  contracts  awarded  and  in 
progress. We had $3.7 billion of RUPOs as of October 2, 2022. RUPOs increase with awards from new contracts or additions 
on  existing  contracts  and  decrease  as  work  is  performed  and  revenue  is  recognized  on  existing  contracts.  RUPOs  may  also 
decrease  when  projects  are  canceled  or  modified  in  scope.  We  include  a  contract  within  our  RUPOs  when  the  contract  is 
awarded and an agreement on contract terms has been reached.  

We expect to satisfy our RUPOs as of October 2, 2022 over the following periods:  

Within 12 months

Beyond 

Total 

Amount
(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

2,394,090 

1,327,544 

3,721,634 

Although  RUPOs  reflect  business  that  is  considered  to  be  firm,  cancellations,  deferrals  or  scope  adjustments  may 
occur.  RUPOs  are  adjusted  to  reflect  any  known  project  cancellations,  revisions  to  project  scope  and  cost,  foreign  currency 
exchange  fluctuations  and  project  deferrals,  as  appropriate.  Our  operations  and  maintenance  contracts  can  generally  be 
terminated  by  the  clients  without  a  substantive  financial  penalty.  Therefore,  the  remaining  performance  obligations  on  such 
contracts are limited to the notice period required for the termination (usually 30, 60 or 90 days). 

4.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends 

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase  up  to  $400 million  of  our  common  stock  in  addition  to  the  $147.8 million  under  the  previous  stock  repurchase 
program at October 3, 2021. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased and settled 1,341,679 shares with an average price of $149.07 per 
share for a total cost of $200.0 million in the open market. As of October 2, 2022, we had a remaining balance of $347.8 million 
under our repurchase program. 

67 

The following table presents dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2022 and 2021: 

Declare Date

November 15, 2021

January 31, 2022

May 2, 2022

August 1, 2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Dividend Paid Per 
Share

0.20 

0.20 

0.23 

0.23 

Total dividends paid as of October 2, 2022

Record Date

Payment Date

December 2, 2021

December 20, 2021

$ 

February 11, 2022

February 25, 2022

May 13, 2022

May 27, 2022

August 12, 2022

August 26, 2022

November 9, 2020

January 25, 2021

April 26, 2021

July 26, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.17 

0.17 

0.20 

0.20 

November 30, 2020

December 11, 2020

February 10, 2021

February 26, 2021

May 12, 2021

May 28, 2021

August 20, 2021

September 3, 2021

Total dividends paid as of October 3, 2021

Dividends Paid 
(in thousands)

10,793 

10,769 

12,311 

12,226 

46,099 

9,198 

9,212 

10,831 

10,800 

40,041 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Subsequent  Events.    On  November 7, 2022,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.23  per 

share payable on December 9, 2022 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 21, 2022.

5.          Acquisitions  

On September 23, 2022, we made an all cash offer to acquire all the outstanding shares of RPS Group plc ("RPS"), a 
publicly traded company on the London Stock  Exchange  for 222 pence per share, which was unanimously recommended by 
RPS's Board of Directors. RPS employs approximately 5,000 associates in the United Kingdom, Europe, Asia Pacific and North 
America,  delivering  high-end  solutions  especially  in  energy  transformation,  water  and  program management  for  government 
and commercial clients. The transaction is to be affected using a court sanctioned scheme of arrangement between RPS and its 
shareholders and is subject to certain regulatory approvals and approval by RPS shareholders.  

Subsequent  Event.  On  November  3,  2022,  RPS's  shareholders  approved  the  scheme  of  arrangement,  with  the 
acquisition expected to be closed and effective in January 2023 after regulatory and court approval with an all cash purchase 
price for 100% of the outstanding shares of approximately GBP 636 million.

In  fiscal  2022,  we  acquired The  Integration  Group  of America  ("TIGA"),  Piteau Associates  (“PAE”)  and  two  other 
immaterial acquisitions.  TIGA is based in Spring, Texas and is an industry leader in process automation and system integration 
solutions, including customized software and platform (SaaS/PaaS) applications, advanced data analytics, cloud data integration 
and platform virtualization. PAE is based in Vancouver, British Columbia and is a global leader in sustainable natural resource 
analytics including hydrologic numerical modeling and dewatering system design. PAE is part of our CIG segment, and TIGA 
and  other  immaterial  acquisitions  are  part  of  our  GSG  segment.  The  total  fair  value  of  the  purchase  price  for  all  four 
acquisitions  was  $88.3 million.  This  amount  is  comprised  of  $44.0 million  in  initial  cash  payments  made  to  the  sellers, 
$2.5 million of receivables (net) related to estimated post-closing adjustments for the net assets acquired, $15.5 million payable 
in a promissory note issued to the sellers along with related transaction expenses of the sellers (which were subsequently paid in 
July 2022) and $31.3 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $47.0 million, 
based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the three to five years following the acquisitions.  

In fiscal 2021, we acquired Coanda Research and Development Corporation ("CRD"), The Kaizen Company (“KZN”), 
IBRA-RMAC Automation Solutions (“IRM”) and Hoare Lea, LLP and Subsidiaries ("HLE"). CRD is based in Burnaby, British 
Columbia and provides world-class expertise in computational fluid dynamics and utilizes industry-leading capabilities to solve 
complex  engineering  science  problems  for  commercial  customers,  across  a  broad  range  of  industries.  KZN  is  based  in 
Washington,  D.C.  and  provides  international  development  advisory  and  management  consulting  services  offering  a  suite  of 
innovative tools that support advanced solutions in health, education, governance, peace and stability and sustainable economic 
growth. IRM is based in San Diego, California and provides digital water transformation consulting services and an innovative 
suite  of  tools  to  address  complex  water  system  modernization  challenges.  HLE  is  a  leader  in  sustainable  engineering  design 
based in Bristol, United Kingdom. It was established in 1862 and is an award-winning high-end consultancy firm in the United 
Kingdom,  with  more  than  900  employees,  providing  innovative  solutions  to  complex  engineering  and  design  challenges  for 
sustainable infrastructure and high performance buildings. CRD and HLE are part of our CIG segment, and KZN and IRM are 
part of our GSG segment. The total fair value of the purchase price for these acquisitions was $151.7 million. This amount was 
comprised  of  $101.4 million  in  initial  cash  payments  made  to  the  sellers  and  $50.3 million  for  the  estimated  fair  value  of 
contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $74.0 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income 
targets in each of the three to four years following the acquisitions.  

68 

In  fiscal  2020,  we  acquired  Segue  Technologies,  Inc.  ("SEG"),  a  leading  information  technology  management 
consulting firm based in Arlington, Virginia, and BlueWater Federal Solutions, Inc. ("BWF"), a leading information technology 
management consulting firm based in Chantilly, Virginia. Both of these acquisitions are part of our GSG segment. The total fair 
value of the purchase price for these two acquisitions was $88.6 million. This amount was comprised of $71.4 million in initial 
cash payments made to the sellers, $0.7 million of payables related to estimated post-closing adjustments for net assets acquired 
and $16.5 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $28.0 million, based upon 
the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the  three years following the acquisitions.

Goodwill  additions  resulting  from  fiscal  2022  business  combinations  are  primarily  attributable  to  the  significant 
technical  expertise  residing  in  embedded  workforces  that  are  sought  out  by  clients,  long-term  management  experience,  the 
industry  reputations  and  the  synergies  expected  to  arise  after  the  acquisitions  in  the  areas  of  data  management,  digitization, 
modeling, water and natural resources. The fiscal 2021 goodwill additions represent the significant technical expertise residing 
in  embedded  workforces  that  are  sought  out  by  clients  and  the  long-standing  reputation  of  HLE.  The  fiscal  2020  goodwill 
additions represent the value of a workforce with distinct expertise in the high-end information technology field, in the areas of 
data analytics, modeling and simulation, cloud and agile software development. In addition, these acquired capabilities, when 
combined with our existing global consulting and engineering business, result in opportunities that allow us to provide services 
under  contracts  that  could  not  have  been  pursued  individually  by  either  us  or  the  acquired  companies.  The  results  of  these 
acquisitions were included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective closing dates. These acquisitions were 
not  considered  material,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements. As  a  result,  no  pro  forma 
information has been provided. 

Backlog and client relations intangible assets include the fair value of existing contracts and the underlying customer 
relationships with lives ranging from one to ten years, and trade names intangible assets have lives ranging from three to five 
years.   

Most  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  agreements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income  thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our  valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The 
fair values of any earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective 
acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase 
price and record  the  estimated fair value  of contingent consideration as  a liability in “Current contingent earn-out liabilities” 
and  “Long-term  contingent  earn-out  liabilities”  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider  several  factors  when 
determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 
acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out  formula  is  a  critical  and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination.

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally three or five years) and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. In each quarter during fiscal 2022, 
we  evaluated  our  estimates  for  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  the  remaining  earn-out  periods  for  each  individual 
acquisition,  which  included  a  review  of  their  financial  results  to-date,  the  status  of ongoing projects  in  their  RUPOs  and  the 
inventory of prospective new contract awards.  

In fiscal 2022, total adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities in operating income were immaterial.

69 

In  fiscal  2021,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  a  net  gain  in  operating 
income  of  $3.3 million,  substantially  all  in  the  fourth  quarter. These  adjustments  resulted  from  the  updated  valuations  of  the 
contingent consideration liabilities, which reflect updated projections of acquired companies' financial performance during their 
respective earn-out periods.  

In  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  related  net  gains  in 
operating  income  of  $15.0 million,  substantially  all  in  the  fourth  quarter.  These  gains  primarily  resulted  from  updated 
valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for Norman, Disney and Young ("NDY"), eGlobalTech ("EGT") and SEG.

The acquisition agreement for NDY included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income  thresholds  (in Australian  dollars)  in  each of  the first  three  years  beginning  on  the  acquisition  date,  which  was  in  the 
second  quarter  of  fiscal  2018.  The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  A$25 million 
(A$7.4 million in year one, and A$8.8 million each in years two and three). These amounts could be earned primarily on a pro-
rata basis for operating income  within a  predetermined range  in each year. NDY was required to meet a minimum  operating 
income threshold in each year to earn any contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for NDY on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of NDY's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial 
fair value at the acquisition date of A$9.4 million for NDY's contingent earn-out liability in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. In 
determining  that  NDY  would  earn  38%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  NDY's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in NDY's backlog 
level.  

NDY's actual financial performance in the first two earn-out periods exceeded our original estimates at the acquisition 
date.  As  a  result,  we  increased  the  related  contingent  consideration  liability  and  recognized  losses  of  $2.1 million 
(A$3.0 million) and $5.4 million (A$7.9 million) in fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we 
evaluated  our  estimate  of  NDY’s  contingent  consideration  liability  for  the  third  and  final  earn-out  period.  This  assessment 
included  a  review  of  NDY’s  actual  and  forecasted  results  for  the  third  earn-out  period,  which  included  an  evaluation  of  the 
status of ongoing projects in NDY’s backlog, the inventory of prospective new contract awards and the impact of the COVID-
19  pandemic  on  the  Australian  economy  and  NDY's  operations.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that  NDY’s 
operating  income  in  the  third  earn-out  period  would  be  lower  than  previously  estimated,  and  we  reduced  NDY’s  contingent 
earn-out liability to $1.8 million (A$2.6 million), which resulted in a gain of $3.7 million (A$5.2 million). 

The acquisition agreement for EGT included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds in each of the first three years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of fiscal 
2019.  The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  $25 million  ($8.5 million  in  year  one, 
$9.0 million in year two and $7.5 million in year three). In each of the first two earn-out years, EGT was to receive a portion of 
the contingent consideration if EGT achieved a minimum operating income threshold. The remaining contingent consideration 
could  be  earned  primarily  on  a  pro-rata  basis  for  operating  income  within  a  predetermined  range  in  each  year.  EGT  was 
required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any of this contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for EGT on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of EGT's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial fair 
value  at  the  acquisition  date  of  $21.1 million  for  EGT's  contingent  earn-out  liability  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2019. In 
determining  that  EGT  would  earn  84%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  EGT's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in EGT's backlog 
level and the prospects for the U.S. federal information technology market.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2020, EGT achieved and was paid the maximum earn-out obligation for the first earn-out 
period. Subsequently, we evaluated our estimate of EGT’s contingent consideration liability for the second and third earn-out 
periods. This assessment included  a review  of EGT’s actual  and forecasted results for the second and third earn-out periods, 
which included an evaluation of the status of ongoing projects in EGT’s backlog and the inventory of prospective new contract 
awards. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that EGT's operating income in the second and third earn-out period would 
be  lower than previously  estimated. Accordingly, in the  fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we reduced EGT’s contingent earn-out 
liability to $7.5 million, which resulted in a gain of $4.7 million. 

The acquisition agreement for SEG included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds in each of the first three years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of fiscal 
2020. The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  $20 million  ($5.0 million,  $7.0 million  and 
$8.0 million for years one, two and three, respectively). SEG was to receive a portion of the contingent consideration if SEG 
achieved a minimum operating income threshold in each year of the earn-out period. The remaining contingent consideration 

70 

could  be  earned  primarily  on  a  pro-rata  basis  for  operating  income  within  a  predetermined  range  in  each  year.  SEG  was 
required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any of this contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for SEG on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of SEG's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial fair 
value  at  the  acquisition  date  of  $11.3 million  for  SEG's  contingent  earn-out  liability  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  In 
determining  that  SEG  would  earn  57%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  SEG's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in SEG's backlog 
level and the prospects for the U.S. federal information technology market.  

SEG’s  actual  financial  performance  in  the  first  earn-out  period  on  a  year  to  date  basis  was  below  our  original 
expectation  at  the  acquisition  date.  As  a  result,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we  evaluated  our  estimate  of  SEG’s 
contingent consideration liability for all earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of SEG’s financial results in the 
first  earn-out  period,  the  status  of  ongoing  projects  in  SEG’s  backlog,  the  inventory  of  prospective  new  contract  awards  and 
future  synergies  with  other  Tetra  Tech  operating  units.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that  SEG’s  operating 
income in all earn-out periods would be lower than originally anticipated. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we 
reduced the SEG contingent earn-out liability to $8.1 million, which resulted in a gain of $3.4 million. 

At  October 2,  2022,  there  was  a  total  potential  maximum of  $120.9  million  of  outstanding  contingent  consideration 
related to acquisitions. Of this amount, $65.6 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance 
sheet. 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities: 

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27,
2020

Beginning balance

$ 

59,297 

$ 

32,617  $ 

Acquisition date fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Re-measurement of contingent earn-out liabilities

Foreign exchange impact

Earn-out payments:

Reported as cash used in operating activities

Reported as cash used in financing activities

Ending balance 

6.           Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

31,341 

2,184 

329 

(7,152)

(310)

(20,123)

50,235 

992 

(3,273)

(596)

(427)

(20,251)

$ 

65,566 

$ 

59,297  $ 

52,992 

16,581 

1,162 

(14,971)

(247)

— 

(22,900)

32,617 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill: 

Balance at September 27, 2020

Acquisitions

Translation and other

Balance at October 3, 2021
Goodwill reallocation

Acquisitions

Translation and other

Balance at October 2, 2022

GSG

CIG
(in thousands)

Total

$ 

516,315  $ 
15,112 

477,183  $ 
75,479 

7,006 

538,433 
(51,497)

42,365 

(10,199)

17,483 

570,145 
51,497 

26,318 

(56,650)

993,498 
90,591 

24,489 

1,108,578 
— 

68,683 

(66,849)

$ 

519,102  $ 

591,310  $ 

1,110,412 

Our goodwill balances reflect the goodwill reallocation related to the creation of our new HPB division on the first day 
of  fiscal  2022,  which  included  a  transfer  of  some  related  operations  in  our  GSG  reportable  segment  to  our  CIG  reportable 

71 

 
segment. The foreign currency translation adjustments resulted from our foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies that are 
different  than  our  reporting  currency.  The  goodwill  additions  relate  to  our  fiscal  2022  acquisitions.  The  purchase  price 
allocations for our fiscal 2022 acquisitions are preliminary and subject to adjustment based upon the final determinations of the 
net assets acquired and information to perform the final valuations.  

We  perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the  beginning of our  fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at 
July 4, 2022 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2022) indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of 
our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. As of July 4, 2022, 
and after the reallocation of goodwill on the first day of fiscal 2022, we had no reporting units that had estimated fair values 
that exceeded their carrying values by less than 165%.  

We also regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in the 
recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and 
circumstances  have  occurred,  such  as  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions;  an  increase  in  the  competitive 
environment; a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in 
actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. Although we believe 
that our estimates of fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance for these reporting units falls 
significantly below our expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for these reporting units could 
become impaired.  

The gross amounts of goodwill for GSG were $536.8 million and $556.1 million at fiscal 2022 and 2021 year-ends, 
respectively, excluding accumulated impairment of $17.7 million for each period. The gross amounts of goodwill for CIG were 
$712.8  million  and  $691.6  million  at  fiscal  2022  and  2021  year-ends,  respectively,  excluding  accumulated  impairment  of 
$121.5 million for each period.

The  following  table  presents  the  gross  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  our  acquired  identifiable  intangible 

assets with finite useful lives included in "Intangible assets, net" on the consolidated balance sheets: 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 2022

October 3, 2021

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

($ in thousands)

Client relations

Backlog

Technology and trade 
names

Total

5.5

0.6

3.7

$ 

41,676  $ 

(21,092)

$  20,584  $ 

69,455  $ 

(43,984) $  25,471 

33,286 

(29,990)

3,296 

34,577 

(30,670)

3,907 

12,711 

(7,428)

5,283 

14,939 

(6,327)

8,612 

$ 

87,673  $ 

(58,510)

$  29,163  $ 

118,971  $ 

(80,981) $  37,990 

Amortization  expense  for  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  for  fiscal  2022, 2021  and  2020  was  $13.2  million, $11.5 
million and $11.6 million, respectively. Foreign currency translation adjustments reduced net identifiable intangible assets by 
$5.3 million in fiscal 2022 and were immaterial for fiscal 2021.  

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years and beyond is as follows: 

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

Beyond

Total

72 

Amount
(in thousands)

$ 

9,788 

5,244 

4,411 

3,590 

2,168 

3,962 

$ 

29,163 

 
 
 
 
7.           Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

96,710  $ 

32,428 

129,138 
(96,822)

94,780 

36,462 

131,242 
(93,509)

$ 

32,316  $ 

37,733 

The depreciation expense  related to property and equipment was $13.9 million, $12.3  million and $13.0 million for 

fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  

8.           Income Taxes 

Income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows: 

Income before income taxes:

United States

Foreign

Total income before income taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following: 

Current:
Federal

State

Foreign

Total current income tax expense

Deferred:
Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit) 

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27,
2020

$ 

$ 

262,428  $ 

211,222  $ 

209,443 

86,338 

55,648 

18,548 

348,766  $ 

266,870  $ 

227,991 

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27,
2020

$ 

47,447  $ 

41,056  $ 

9,613 

26,332 

83,392 

(424)

(382)

3,016 

2,210 

9,893 

18,887 

69,836 

(6,034)

(2,060)

(27,703)

(35,797)

24,102 

6,872 

20,398 

51,372 

2,187 

870 

(328)

2,729 

Total income tax expense

$ 

85,602  $ 

34,039  $ 

54,101 

73 

Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-

tax income as follows: 

Tax at federal statutory rate

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Research and Development ("R&D") credits

Tax differential on foreign earnings

Non-taxable foreign interest income

Goodwill

Stock compensation

Valuation allowance

Change in uncertain tax positions

Return to provision

Disallowed officer compensation

Cash repatriation

Unremitted earnings

Deferred tax adjustments

Other

Total income tax expense

October 2,
2022
21.0%

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
21.0%

September 27,
2020
21.0%

2.1

(1.0)

1.0

—

—

(2.0)

0.2

(1.1)

1.4

1.9

0.1

(0.2)

0.1

1.0

2.3

(2.6)

0.9

(1.0)

—

(3.3)

(9.3)

1.7

(3.7)

2.0

2.1

1.0

0.8

0.9

24.5%

12.8%

2.7

(2.2)

0.7

(1.1)

1.5

(2.2)

1.6

0.4

0.8

0.2

—

—

(1.3)

1.6

23.7%

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 were 24.5%, 12.8% and 23.7%, respectively. The fiscal  2021 
effective  tax  rate  reflects  a  non-recurring  net  tax  benefit  of  $21.6 million,  consisting  of  a  valuation  allowance  in  the  United 
Kingdom  that  was  released  due  to  sufficient  positive  evidence  being  obtained  in  fiscal  2021.  The  valuation  allowance  was 
primarily related to net operating loss carry-forwards. We  evaluated the positive evidence against any negative  evidence  and 
determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized. The primary factors used to assess the 
likelihood  of  realization  were  the  past  performance  of  the  related  entity  and  our  forecast  of  future  taxable  income.  In  fiscal 
2021, we repatriated approximately $80 million from Canada and recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. At that time, 
we also determined that our remaining undistributed earnings in Canada of approximately $20.1 million were no longer being 
indefinitely  reinvested  and  recorded  an  additional  deferred  tax  liability/expense  of  $3.1 million.  The  goodwill  impairment 
charge in fiscal 2020 did not have related tax benefits. Also, income tax expense was reduced by $10.3 million, $12.9 million 
and $8.3 million of excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  

Excluding the impact of the valuation allowance release, the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge, the Canadian 
repatriation  and  the  excess  tax  benefits  on  share-based  payments  our  effective  tax  rates  in  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020  were 
27.5%, 25.7% and 25.6% respectively.

 In  fiscal 2022, the  Inflation Reduction Act and the CHIPS and Science Act  were  signed into law. These Acts both 
contain  new  U.S.  income  tax  provisions;  however,  we  do  not  expect  them  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.

We are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal years 2018 and 2019, and the Canada 

Revenue Agency for fiscal years 2011 through 2016. We are also subject to various other state audits. 

Temporary differences comprising the net deferred income tax asset shown on the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows: 

74 

Deferred Tax Assets:

State taxes

Reserves and contingent liabilities

Accounts receivable including the allowance for doubtful accounts

Accrued liabilities

Lease liabilities, operating leases

Stock-based compensation

Unbilled revenue

Loss carry-forwards

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

Unbilled revenue

Prepaid expense

Right-of-use assets, operating leases

Intangibles

Undistributed earnings

Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

1,238  $ 

5,023 

4,986 

35,973 

49,618 

2,925 

4,885 

41,648 

(12,286)

134,010 

— 

(6,065)

(49,618)

(42,863)

(2,200)

(621)

1,342 

6,662 

5,917 

41,657 

60,181 

3,560 

— 

54,825 

(13,040)

161,104 

(5,595)

(8,136)

(60,181)

(40,121)

(3,136)

(85)

(101,367)

(117,254)

$ 

32,643  $ 

43,850 

Prospectively, from the date of the aforementioned repatriation, our earnings in Canada are not considered indefinitely 
reinvested  and  any  potential  tax  liability  that  would  be  incurred  upon  repatriation  is  recognized  currently  with  the  related 
income. At  October  2,  2022,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  other  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in Australia  and  the  United 
Kingdom of approximately $81.7 million are expected to be indefinitely reinvested in these foreign countries. Accordingly, no 
provision for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Assuming the indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated 
under  the  laws  and  rates  applicable  at  October 2,  2022,  the  incremental  taxes  applicable  to  those  earnings  would  not  be 
material.  

At  October 2,  2022,  we  had available  unused  state  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carry  forwards  of  $43.7  million  that 
expire at various dates from 2026 to 2037; and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $119.1 million, of which $17.9 million 
expire at various dates from 2023 to 2042, and $101.2 million have no expiration date. In addition, we had foreign capital loss 
carryforwards of $18.4 million and foreign research and development credits of $3.9 million that do not have expiration dates. 
We have performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets. This 
assessment  included  the  evaluation  of  scheduled  reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  availability  of  carrybacks,  cumulative 
losses  in  recent  years,  estimates  of  projected  future  taxable  income  and  tax  planning  strategies. Although  realization  is  not 
assured, based on our assessment, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized except for the 
deferred tax assets related to the loss carry-forwards for which a valuation allowance of $12.3 million has been provided. 

At  October 2, 2022, we had $8.9 million of unrecognized tax  benefits, all of  which, if recognized, would  affect our 
effective  tax  rate.  It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  with  respect  to  certain  of  our 
unrecognized  tax  positions  may  significantly decrease  in  the  next 12 months. These  changes  would  be  the  result  of ongoing 
examinations. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

75 

Beginning balance

Additions for current fiscal year tax positions

Additions for prior fiscal year tax positions

Reductions for prior fiscal year tax positions

Settlements

Ending balance

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27,
2020

$ 

12,899  $ 

9,228  $ 

9,169 

— 

— 

(3,014)

(977)

2,171 

1,500 

— 

— 

700 

— 

(641)

— 

$ 

8,908  $ 

12,899  $ 

9,228 

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal 
years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  we  accrued  additional  interest  and  penalties  of  $0.5  million,  $0.8  million  and  $0.8  million, 
respectively,  and recorded reductions in  accrued interest and  penalties  of $0.4 million,  $0 and $0, respectively, as a  result of 
audit settlements and other prior-year adjustments. The amount of interest and penalties accrued at October 2, 2022, October 3, 
2021 and September 27, 2020 was $5.3 million, $5.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively. 

9.           Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consisted of the following: 

Credit facilities

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

258,754  $ 

(12,504)

246,250  $ 

212,500 

(12,500)

200,000 

On  February  18,  2022,  we  entered  into Amendment  No.  2 to  our  Second Amended  and  Restated  Credit Agreement 
(“Amended  Credit  Agreement”)  with  a  total  borrowing  capacity  of  $1.05 billion  that  will  mature  in  February  2027.  The 
Amended  Credit  Agreement  is  a  $750 million  senior  secured,  five-year  facility  that  provides  for  a  $250 million  term  loan 
facility  (the  “Amended  Term  Loan  Facility”)  and  a  $500 million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Amended  Revolving  Credit 
Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement includes a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase the 
Amended Credit Agreement to $1.05 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for, among 
other  things,  (i)  refinance  indebtedness  under  our  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  30,  2018;  (ii)  finance  open  market 
repurchases  of  common  stock,  acquisitions  and  cash  dividends  and  distributions;  and  (iii)  utilize  the  proceeds  for  working 
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a reduction in 
the interest grid for meeting certain sustainability targets related to the (i) reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the 
Company’s  projects  and  operational  sustainability  initiatives  and  (ii)  improvement  of  peoples’  lives  as  a  result  of  the 
Company’s  projects  that  provide  environmental,  social  and  governance  benefits.  The  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility 
includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans and a 
$300 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on February 18, 2022. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject 
to quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually commencing June 30, 2022. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a benchmark rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") rate plus 1.00%, plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In 
each case, the applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan 
Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on February 18, 2027, or earlier 
at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other obligations. 

At October 2, 2022, we had $258.8 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was  comprised  of  $243.8  million  under  the Amended  Term  Loan  Facility  and  $15.0 million  under  the Amended  Revolving 
Credit Facility.  The year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2022 was 1.97%. In 
addition,  we  had  $0.7  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement.  Our  year-to-date  weighted-

76 

average interest rate on borrowings outstanding during fiscal 2021 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects 
of  interest  rate  swap  agreements  described  in  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements" included in Item 8, was 3.60%. At October 2, 2022, we had $484.3 million of available credit under the 
Amended Revolving Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers.  At  October 2,  2022,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 0.76x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 29.52x.  

In addition to the Amended Credit Agreement, we maintain other credit facilities, which may be used for short-term 
cash advances  and  bank guarantees. At  October 2, 2022, there were  no outstanding borrowings under these  facilities and the 
aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $44.4 million. As of October 2, 2022 we had no bank overdrafts 
related to our disbursement bank accounts.  

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt: 

2023
2024

2025

2026

2027

Total

Amount

(in thousands)

12,504 
12,500 

12,500 

12,500 

208,750 

258,754 

$ 

Subsequent  Event:  On  October  26,  2022,  we  entered  into  a  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  that 
provides for an additional $500 million senior secured term loan facility (the "New Term Loan Facility") increasing our total 
borrowing capacity to $1.55 billion. We expect to draw the entire amount of the New Term Loan Facility to partially finance the 
acquisition of RPS. The remaining purchase price is expected to be financed with existing cash on hand and borrowings under 
the Amended Revolving Credit Facility. The New Term Loan Facility is not subject to any amortization payments of principal 
and matures on the third anniversary of the RPS acquisition closing date. 

10.         Leases 

Our operating leases are primarily for corporate and project office spaces. To a much lesser extent, we have operating 
leases for vehicles and equipment. Our operating leases have remaining lease terms of one month to ten years, some of which 
may include options to extend the leases for up to five years.  

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease ROU assets 
and  current  and  long-term  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Our  finance  leases  are  primarily  for 
certain IT equipment. The related ROU assets and lease liabilities were immaterial. 

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

77 

The components of lease costs are as follows:

Operating lease cost

Sublease income

Total lease cost

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows: 

Operating cash flows for operating leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

Supplemental balance sheet and other information related to leases are as follows: 

Operating leases:

Right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities:

Current

Long-term

Total operating lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term:

Operating leases

Weighted-average discount rate:

Operating leases

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

86,725  $ 

91,076 

(150)

(106)

86,575  $ 

90,970 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

71,365  $ 

44,096  $ 

81,943 

72,076 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

182,319 

$ 

215,422 

$ 

57,865 

$ 

67,452 

146,285 

174,285 

$ 

204,150 

$ 

241,737 

5 years

5 years

2.2  %

2.2 %

78 

 
 
As of October 2, 2022, we do not have any material additional operating leases that have not yet commenced.  

A  maturity  analysis  of  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  associated  with  our  operating  lease  liabilities  as  of 

October 2, 2022 is as follows:

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

Beyond

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Amount

(in thousands)

$ 

61,703 

47,520 

35,466 

23,481 

16,961 

31,927 

217,058 
(12,908)

Total present value of lease liabilities

$ 

204,150 

11.         Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans 

At October 2, 2022, we had the following stock-based compensation plans: 

•

•

•

•

2005 Equity Incentive Plan.  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity awards, including 
stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units ("RSUs"). Options vest at 25% on each anniversary of the 
grant  date  and  expire  no  later  than  eight  years  from  the  grant  date.  RSUs  granted  to  date  vest  at  25%  on  each 
anniversary of the grant date. 

2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2015  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards,  including  stock  options,  performance  share  units  ("PSUs")  and  RSUs.  Shares  issued  with  respect  to 
awards granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as 
"full value awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or unit 
actually issued. No awards have been made under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan since the adoption of the 2018 
Equity Incentive Plan on March 8, 2018 described below.  

2018  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2018  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards, including stock options,  PSUs and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards  granted under the 2018 
EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value awards", are counted 
against the 2018 EIP's aggregate share limit as one share for every share or unit issued. At October 2, 2022, there 
were 2.2 million shares available for future awards pursuant to the 2018 EIP. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible 
full  and  part-time  employees,  and  shares  of  common  stock  are  issued  upon  exercise  of  the  purchase  rights. An 
aggregate of 380,784 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee can 
contribute during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of 100% of 
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period (the business day 
preceding January 1) or 85% of the fair market value on the last day of the purchase right period (December 15, or 
the business day preceding December 15 if December 15 is not a business day). 

The following table presents our stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits: 

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27,
2020

Total stock-based compensation

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit

$ 

$ 

26,227  $ 

23,067  $ 

(5,377)

(4,910)

20,850  $ 

18,157  $ 

19,424 

(4,318)

15,106 

79 

We  recognize  the  fair  value  of  our  stock-based  awards  as  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
requisite service period in which the award vests. Most of these amounts were included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses on our consolidated statements of income.

Stock Options 

The following table presents our stock option activity for fiscal year ended October 2, 2022: 

Number of
Options
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

Outstanding on October 3, 2021

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at October 2, 2022

Vested or expected to vest at October 2, 2022

Exercisable on October 2, 2022

214  $ 

(46)

— 

168  $ 

168  $ 

168  $ 

38.80 

39.44 

— 

38.62 

38.62 

38.62 

4.04

4.04

4.04

$ 

$ 

$ 

15,086 

15,086 

15,086 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing 
stock  price  on  the  last  trading  day  of  fiscal  2022  and  the  exercise  price,  times  the  number  of  shares)  that  would  have  been 
received by the in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on October 2, 2022. This amount will change 
based on the fair market value of our stock.  

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 

fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $5.7 million, $29.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively. 

Net  cash  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  were  $1.8  million,  $11.3  million  and  $10.3  million  for  fiscal 
2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. 
The actual income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $1.3 
million, $6.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively. 

RSU and PSU  

RSU awards are granted to our key employee and non-employee directors. The fair value of the RSU was determined 
at the date of grant using the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. All of the RSUs have time-
based vesting over a four-year period, except that RSUs awarded to directors vest after one year. The total compensation cost of 
the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

PSU awards are granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors. All of the PSUs are performance-based 
and vest, if at all, after the conclusion of the three-year performance period.  The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based 
50% on growth in our EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period. For these performance-
based awards, our expected performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation 
cost of the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis.  

80 

A summary of the RSU and PSU activity under our stock plans is as follows: 

RSU

PSU

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

Nonvested balance at September 29, 2019

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at September 27, 2020

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 3, 2021

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

470  $ 
168 

(178)

— 

(16)

444 
118 

(167)

— 

(14)

381 
78 

(147)

— 

(13)

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2022

299  $ 

50.42 
83.92 

46.87 

— 

65.43 

63.93 
122.02

59.64 

— 

77.74 

83.30 
184.61

77.47 

— 

109.01 

111.40 

$ 

384 
74 

(162)

64 

(5)

355 
58 

(193)

99 

(1)

318 
42 

(176)

88 

— 

53.67 
99.85 

47.28 

48.36 

83.98 

64.83 
153.03 

57.40 

57.40 

74.05 

82.96 
247.16 

80.17 

80.63 

— 

272 

$ 

109.23 

(1)   Fiscal 2020 includes a payout adjustment of 63,643 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2017 that vested during 
fiscal 2020. Fiscal 2021 includes a payout adjustment of 99,214 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2018 that vested 
during fiscal 2021. Fiscal 2022 includes a payout adjustment of 88,198 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2019 that 
vested during fiscal 2022.

During fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, we awarded 77,844, 117,934 and 167,525 shares of RSUs, respectively, to our key 
employees and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2022, 2021 
and  2020  was  $184.61,  $122.02  and  $83.92,  respectively. At  October 2,  2022,  there  were  299,055  RSUs  outstanding.  RSU 
forfeitures  result  from  employment  terminations  prior  to  vesting.  Forfeited  shares  return  to  the  pool  of  authorized  shares 
available for award. We use historical data as a basis to estimate the probability of forfeitures related to RSUs and the ESPP 
Plan.

During  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020,  we  awarded  41,734,  57,542  and  74,011  shares  of  PSUs,  respectively,  to  our 
executive officers and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted during fiscal 2022, 
2021 and 2020 was $247.16, $153.03 and $99.85, respectively.

The stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs and PSUs for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $23.9 million, 
$20.9 million and $17.7 million, respectively, and was included in total stock-based compensation expense. The actual income 
tax  benefit  realized  from  RSUs  and  PSUs  for  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020  was  $9.1 million,  $6.2 million  and  $3.4 million, 
respectively. At October 2, 2022, there was $35.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to nonvested 
RSUs and PSUs that will be substantially recognized by the end of fiscal 2025. 

81 

ESPP 

The  following  table  summarizes  shares  purchased,  weighted-average  purchase  price,  and  cash  received  for  shares 

purchased under the ESPP:

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands, except for purchase price)

September 27,
2020

Shares purchased

Weighted-average purchase price per share

Cash received from exercise of purchase rights

106 

114.17  $ 

12,129  $ 

124 

86.16  $ 

10,705  $ 

$ 

$ 

168 

51.77 

8,715 

The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions: 

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Risk-free rate of return, annual

Expected life (in years)

October 2,
2022
1.0%

32.2%

0.4%

1

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
1.0%

September 27,
2020
1.0%

47.9%

0.1%

1

26.5%

1.6%

1

For  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020,  we  based  our  expected  stock  price  volatility  on  historical  volatility  behavior  and 
current  implied  volatility  behavior.  The  risk-free  rate  of  return  was  based  on  constant  maturity  rates  provided  by  the  U.S. 
Treasury. The expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions. 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  for  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020  included  $2.3  million,  $2.0  million  and  $1.2 
million, respectively, related to the ESPP. The unrecognized stock-based compensation costs for awards granted under the ESPP 
at fiscal 2022 and 2021 year-ends were $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. At October 2, 2022, ESPP participants had 
accumulated $11 million to purchase our common stock. 

82 

12.         Retirement Plans 

We  have  defined  contribution  plans  in  various  countries  where  we  have  employees.  This  primarily  includes  401(k) 
plans in the United States. For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, employer contributions to the U.S. plans were $29.3 million, $26.9 
million and $25.0 million, respectively.

Additionally,  we  have  established  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  for  certain  key  employees  and  non-
employee  directors. These  eligible  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  elect  to  defer  the  receipt  of  salary,  incentive 
payments, restricted stock, PSU and RSU awards and non-employee director fees. The plan is accounted for in accordance with 
applicable authoritative guidance on accounting for deferred compensation arrangements where amounts earned are held in a 
rabbi trust and invested. Employee deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual 
variable life insurance contracts that we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. At 
October 2,  2022  and  October 3,  2021,  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  reflect  assets  of  $36.7  million  and  $41.4  million, 
respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term assets," and liabilities of $36.3 million and $41.1 
million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term liabilities."  The net gains and losses related 
to  the  deferred  compensation  plan  are  reported  as  part  of “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in our  consolidated 
statements of income. These related net gains and losses were immaterial for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020. 

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  HLE  in  fiscal  2021,  we  assumed  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  (the  “Plan”), 
which HLE operates for all qualifying employees. The assets of the Plan are held in a separate trustee administered fund. The 
Plan was closed to new entrants in August 2003, except for current employees who had not attained the age of 24 at that date. 
The Plan was closed to future accrual on December 31, 2009. Under the agreed schedule of contributions, HLE will make no 
further contributions, and is to pay the expenses of administering the plan.

The change in the defined benefit obligation, the change in fair value of plan assets and the amounts recognized in the 
Consolidated Statement of Income, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and the Consolidated Statements of 
Shareholders’ Equity for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 were immaterial.

The Plan's funded status was as follows:

Fair value of plan assets

Benefit obligation

Net surplus

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

36,250 

$ 

(33,006)

3,244 

$ 

65,836 

(64,830)

1,006 

The  net  surplus  is  reflected  in  other  long-term  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  at  October  2,  2022  and 
October 3, 2021. As the plan is closed to new participants and to future benefit accrual, the reduction in the fair value of plan 
assets and the benefit obligation were primarily due to actual losses on plan assets and an increased discount rate, respectively.  
Benefits paid during fiscal 2022 were $1.0 million.

The fair values of the plan assets are substantially categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair 

values of the plan assets by major asset categories were as follows:

Equities

Mutual funds

Liability driven investment funds

Cash/other

Fair value of plan assets

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

8,390 

$ 

20,886 

6,484 

490 

13,646 

33,826 

17,653 

711 

$ 

36,250 

$ 

65,836 

We  seek  a  competitive  rate  of  return  relative  to  an  appropriate  level  of  risk  depending  on  the  funded  status  and 
obligations  of  each  plan  and  typically  employ  both  active  and  passive  investment  management  strategies.  The  risk  in  our 

83 

practices  include  diversification  across  asset  classes  and  investment  styles  and  periodic  rebalancing  toward  asset  allocation 
targets. The target asset allocation selected for each plan reflects a risk/return profile that we believe is appropriate relative to 
each plan’s liability structure and return goals.   

Principal assumptions used for the benefit obligation in the valuation are as follows:

Discount rate
Rate of inflation

13.         Earnings per Share 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022
4.75%
2.95% to 3.55% 

October 3,
2021
2.00%
2.85% to 3.50% 

The following table sets forth the number of weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS: 

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
October 3,
October 2,
2022
2020
2021
(in thousands, except per share data)

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

$ 

263,125  $ 

232,810  $ 

173,859 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic

Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted

53,620

543 

54,163 

54,078

597 

54,675 

54,235

787 

55,022 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

$ 

$

4.91  $ 

4.86

$

4.31  $ 

4.26

$

3.21 

3.16

For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, no options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares.  

14.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We  use  certain  interest  rate  derivative  contracts  to  hedge  interest  rate  exposures  on  our variable  rate debt. Also,  we 
may  enter  in  foreign  currency  derivative  contracts  with  financial  institutions  to  reduce  the  risk  that  cash  flows  and  earnings 
could adversely be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Our hedging program is not designated for trading 
or speculative purposes. 

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow 
hedges in our consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income, and in our consolidated statements of 
income for those derivatives designated as fair value hedges. Our derivative contracts are categorized within Level 2 of the fair 
value hierarchy. 

In the anticipation of the planned acquisition of RPS, we entered into a forward contract during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal  2022  to  acquire  GBP  714.0 million  at  a  rate  of  1.0852  for  a  total  of  USD  774.8 million.  The  contract  matures  on 
December 30, 2022. Although an effective economic hedge of our foreign exchange risk related to this transaction, the forward 
contract did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the forward contract is marked-to-market with changes in fair value 
recognized in earnings each period. The intrinsic value of the forward contract was immaterial at inception as the GBP/USD 
spot  and  forward  exchange  rates  were  essentially  the  same.  The  fair  value  of  the  forward  contract  at  October  2,  2022  was 
$19.9 million, which resulted in an unrealized gain of the same amount in the fourth quarter fiscal 2022, which is reflected in 
“Other income" on the consolidated income statement for fiscal 2022. The related $19.9 million asset is reported in "Prepaid 
expenses and other current assets" on the consolidated balance sheet at October 2, 2022. 

In fiscal 2018, we  entered into five interest rate swap agreements that  we designated as cash flow  hedges to fix the 
interest rates on the borrowings under our term loan facility. As of October 2, 2022, the notional principal of our outstanding 
interest swap agreements was $200.0 million ($40.0 million each.) The interest rate swaps have a fixed interest rate of 2.79% 
and expire in July 2023 for all five agreements. At October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021, the fair value of the effective portion 
of our interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was an unrealized gain of $2.4 million and 

84 

an  unrealized  loss  of  $9.4  million,  which  were  reported  in  "Other  long-term  assets"  and  "Other  current  liabilities"  on  our 
consolidated balance  sheets,  respectively. Additionally,  the  related  gain  of  $11.8 million,  a  gain  of  $6.1 million  and  a  loss  of 
$4.6 million  for  fiscal  year  ended  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  were  recognized  and  reported  on  our  consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income. We expect to reclassify a credit of  $3.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive 
loss  to  interest  expense  within  the  next  12  months.  There  were  no  other  derivative  instruments  that  were  not  designated  as 
hedging instruments for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020. 

15.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The accumulated balances and reporting period activities for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 related to reclassifications out 

of accumulated other comprehensive income are summarized as follows: 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Gain (Loss)
on Derivative
Instruments

(in thousands)

Balances at September 29, 2019

$ 

(149,711) $ 

(10,873) $ 

(160,584)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

3,436 

— 

3,436 

(599)

2,837 

(4,039)

(4,638)

(4,039)

(1,202)

Balances at September 27, 2020

$ 

(146,275) $ 

(15,511) $ 

(161,786)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

30,641 

12,175 

42,816 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

— 

30,641 

(6,058)

6,117 

Balances at October 3, 2021

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

$ 

(115,634) $ 
(94,922)

(9,394) $ 
15,937

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

— 

(94,922)

(4,131)

11,806 

(6,058)

36,758 

(125,028)
(78,985)

(4,131)

(83,116)

Balances at October 2, 2022

$ 

(210,556) $ 

2,412  $ 

(208,144)

(1)    This accumulated other comprehensive component is reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income. See Note 14, "Derivative 
Financial Instruments", for more information.

85 

16.         Fair Value Measurements 

Derivative  Instruments.     Our derivative instruments are categorized within  Level  2 of the  fair value  hierarchy. For 
additional  information  about  our  derivative  financial  instruments  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation"  and 
Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments").

Contingent  Consideration.    We  measure  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  using 
significant  unobservable  inputs  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and 
Preparation" and Note 5, "Acquisitions" for further information).

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities (Level 2 measurement). The carrying value of our 
long-term  debt  approximated  fair  value  at  October 2,  2022  and  October 3,  2021. At  October 2,  2022,  we  had  borrowings  of 
$258.8 million outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement, which were used to fund our business acquisitions, working 
capital needs, stock repurchases, dividends, capital expenditures and contingent earn-outs.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan.    The fair values of the plan assets are primarily categorized within Level 2 of the fair 

value hierarchy. For additional information about our defined benefit pension plan (see Note 12, "Retirement Plans").

17.         Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits typically filed against the consulting and engineering profession, alleging 
primarily professional errors or omissions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy 
limits, against such claims. However, in some actions, parties are seeking damages that exceed our insurance coverage or for 
which we are not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse 
effect, individually or in aggregate, on our financial  position,  results of operations or cash flows, management  acknowledges 
the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters. 

On July 15, 2019, following an initial January 14, 2019 filing, the Civil Division of the United States Attorney's Office 
filed an amended complaint in intervention in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), 
in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges False Claims Act violations and breach 
of  contract  related  to  TtEC's  contracts  to  perform  environmental  remediation  services  at  the  former  Hunters  Point  Naval 
Shipyard in San Francisco, California. TtEC disputes the claims and will defend this matter vigorously. We are currently unable 
to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any. 

86 

18.         Reportable Segments 

We manage our operations under two reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities 
with  U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  all  activities  with  development  agencies  worldwide.  Our  CIG 
reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development 
agencies. Additionally, we continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM 
reportable segment. There has been no remaining backlog for RCM since fiscal 2018 as the projects were complete. 

Our reportable segments are described as follows: 

GSG:    GSG  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  primarily  to  U.S.  government  clients  (federal, 
state  and  local)  and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with 
services in water, environment, sustainable infrastructure, information technology and disaster management. GSG also provides 
engineering design services for U.S. municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste and high-
end  sustainable  infrastructure  designs.  GSG  also  leads  our  support  for  development  agencies  worldwide,  especially  in  the 
United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. 

CIG:    CIG  primarily  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  to  U.S.  commercial  clients,  and 
international clients that include both commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 
500,  renewable  energy,  industrial,  high  performance  buildings  and  aerospace  markets.  CIG  also  provides  sustainable 
infrastructure  and  related  environmental,  engineering  and  project  management  services  to  commercial  and  local  government 
clients across Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

RCM:    We  continued  to  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM 
reportable  segment  in  fiscal  2022.  There  has  been  no  remaining  backlog  for  RCM  since  fiscal  2018  as  the  projects  were 
complete.  In May 2022, we received a cash settlement for the last $11 million RCM claim outstanding. This settlement resulted 
in an immaterial gain in the third quarter of fiscal 2022. There were no significant operating activities in RCM for fiscal 2022, 
2021 and 2020.

Management evaluates the performance of these reportable segments based upon  their  respective segment operating 
income before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account 
for inter-segment revenues and transfers as if they were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto the costs of 
the services performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.  

The following tables present summarized financial information of our reportable segments: 

Reportable Segments 

Revenue
GSG

CIG

RCM

Elimination of inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

Income from operations
GSG
CIG
Corporate (1)

Total income from operations

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27, 
2020

$ 

1,820,868  $ 

1,772,905  $ 

1,578,332 

1,738,436 

1,500,074 

1,471,097 

— 

(55,256)

613 

(60,079)

198 

(54,736)

$ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $ 

2,994,891 

$ 

198,448  $ 
194,142 

174,755  $ 
152,262 

(52,144)

(48,316)

$ 

340,446  $ 

278,701  $ 

146,273 
136,418 

(41,600)

241,091 

(1)        Includes  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  impairment  charges,  amortization  of  intangibles,  other  costs  and  other  income  not  allocable  to  segments.  The 
intangible asset amortization expense for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $13.2 million, $11.5 million and $11.6 million, respectively. Additionally, Corporate 
results included income (loss) for fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities of $(0.3) million, $3.3 million and $15.0 million for fiscal 2022, 
2021 and 2020, respectively. Corporate results in fiscal 2020 also included $15.8 million goodwill impairment charges.  See Note 6 - "Goodwill and Intangible 
Assets" for more information.

87 

Total Assets
GSG
CIG

RCM
Corporate (1)

Total assets

Balance at

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

558,764  $ 
688,640 

2 

545,533 
698,916 

11,360 

1,375,370 

1,320,753 

$ 

2,622,776  $ 

2,576,562 

(1)     Corporate assets consist of intercompany eliminations and assets not allocated to our reportable segments including goodwill, intangible assets, deferred 
income taxes and certain other assets.

Geographic Information

Revenue:

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

Long-lived assets (2): 

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

October 2,
2022

Fiscal Year Ended
October 3,
2021
(in thousands)

September 27, 
2020

$ 

$ 

2,416,586  $ 

2,256,086  $ 

2,107,459 

1,087,462 

957,427 

887,432 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $ 

2,994,891 

Balance at

October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

199,875  $ 

215,689 

77,305 

87,771 

277,180  $ 

303,460 

(1)      Includes revenue and long-lived assets from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from 
non-U.S. clients. 
(2)     Excludes goodwill, intangible assets and deferred income taxes. 

88 

19.         Related Party Transactions 

We  often  provide  services  to  unconsolidated  joint  ventures.  Our  revenue  related  to  services  we  provided  to 
unconsolidated joint ventures for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $96.0 million, $95.5 million and $88.2 million, respectively. 
Our  related  reimbursable  costs  for  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020  were  $91.7  million,  $92.4  million  and  $86.4  million, 
respectively. Our consolidated balance sheets also included the following amounts related to these services:

Accounts receivable, net

Contract assets

Contract liabilities

Balance at

October 2, 
2022

October 3, 
2021

(in thousands)

$ 

16,818  $ 

19,082 

2,935 

3,464 

5,092 

3,026 

20.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited 

In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022 and 

October 3, 2021 reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations. 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  we  recognized  a  $19.9 million  unrealized  gain  on  a  foreign  currency  forward 

contract related to the planned acquisition of RPS. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we recognized a non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million primarily consisting 

of valuation allowances in the United Kingdom that were released due to sufficient positive evidence being obtained. 

Fiscal Year 2022
Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Fiscal Year 2021
Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

$ 

858,510  $ 

852,744  $ 

890,231  $ 

902,562 

87,220 

68,489 

74,520 

53,040 

83,905 

58,650 

94,802 

82,947 

$ 

$ 

1.27  $ 

1.25  $ 

0.99  $ 

0.98  $ 

1.10  $ 

1.09  $ 

1.56 

1.55 

53,937 

54,577 

53,834 

54,346 

53,507 

54,006 

53,148 

53,667 

$ 

765,104  $ 

754,764  $ 

801,633  $ 

892,012 

66,252 

52,436 

60,807 

45,517 

69,807 

51,903 

81,836 

82,954 

$ 

$ 

0.97  $ 

0.96  $ 

0.84  $ 

0.83  $ 

0.96  $ 

0.95  $ 

1.54 

1.52 

53,927 

54,637 

54,187 

54,736 

54,117 

54,666 

54,019 

54,597 

89 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting

At  October 2,  2022,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures. Based on our management's evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer), our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act), were effective. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As 
defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15(f),  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the 
supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and 
other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal controls include those policies 
and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our  management  and  directors;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on 
our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not 
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly,  even effective internal control over financial  reporting can only  provide reasonable 
assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at October 2, 2022, based on the 
criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at October 2, 2022. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  consolidated 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report, 
dated November 23, 2022, appears on pages 52-53 of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended October 2, 2022 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.    Other Information 

None. 

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

PART III 

The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, regarding compliance with Section 16(a) 
of the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" 
and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Pursuant  to  General  Instruction G  (3)  of  Form 10-K,  the  information  required by  this  item  relating  to  our  executive 

officers is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report. 

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer  and  all  members  of  our  finance 
department,  including  our  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting  officer.  This  code  of  ethics,  entitled  "Finance 
Code of Professional Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the 
code of ethics may be found through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website. 

90 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above. 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  captions  "Item  No. 1 –  Election  of  Directors"  and 
"Executive  Compensation  Tables"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2023  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, and 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans,  is  included  under  the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to 
the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  caption  "Item  No. 4 –  Ratification  of  Independent 
Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2023  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a)

Documents filed as part of this report

1 Consolidated financial statements

PART IV 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and 
September 27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, 
October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 
and September 27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 2, 2022, October 3, 2021 and 
September 27, 2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238) 

2 Consolidated financial statement Schedule

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended October 2, 
2022, October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020
All other schedules are omitted because they are neither applicable nor required

3 Exhibits

The exhibit list in the Index to Exhibits is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as 
part of this Report.

Page

54

55

56

57

58

60

92

93

91 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES  

For the Fiscal Years Ended 
September 27, 2020, October 3, 2021 and October 2, 2022  
(in thousands) 

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Costs and 
Expenses

Deductions (2) Other (3)

Balance at
End of Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1): 

Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

Income tax valuation allowance:

Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,562 
7,147 

4,352 

1,472  $ 
(4,130)

(73)

(4,887)
195 

(400)

—  $ 

1,140 

(130)

20,543 
24,395 

13,040 

$ 

3,852  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

13,698 

— 

(26,059)

(162)

1,006 

(592)

7,147 
4,352 

3,749 

24,395 
13,040 

12,286 

(1)       Reflects updated presentation of allowance for doubtful accounts to include expected credit losses in anticipation of our adoption of ASU 2016-13 in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2021.
(2)      Primarily  represents  write-offs  of  uncollectible  amounts,  net  of  recoveries  for  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  The  income  tax  valuation  amount 
represents the release of a valuation allowance in the United Kingdom in fiscal 2021.
(3)     Includes loss in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments and valuation allowance adjustments related to net operating loss carry-forwards.

92 

 
 
 
 
3.1 Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Company's 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009).

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

3.2 Bylaws of the Company (amended and restated as of November 7, 2022) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 

the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 10, 2022).

10.1 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 2018 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada 
Holding Corporation, Coffey UK Limited, Coffey Services Australia Pty. Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018).

10.2 Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2022 among Tetra 
Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty., Ltd., 
the subsidiary guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 22, 2022) 

10.3 Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of September 23, 2022 among Tetra Tech, Inc., the lenders party thereto and BofA 
Securities, Inc., as sole leader arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2022)

10.4 Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2022 among Tetra Tech, 
Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty., Ltd., the 
subsidiary guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2022)

10.51 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2022 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech 
Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty., Ltd., the subsidiary 
guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2022).

10.6 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012).

10.7 2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's 

Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).*

10.8 First  Amendment  to  the  2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.9  to  the  Company's Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 29, 
2013).*

10.9 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).*

10.1 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 8, 2018).*

10.11 Form  of  Indemnity Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
October 3, 2004).*

10.12 Amended  and  Restated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  the  Company's 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2020).* 

10.13 Change of Control Severance Plan effective March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2018).*

93 

10.14 Executive  Compensation  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  November 14,  2013)  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

21. Subsidiaries of the Company.+

23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24. Power of Attorney (included on page 96 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). Executive Officer Certification pursuant 

to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31. Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

95. Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

  101  The following financial information from our Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the period ended October 
2,  2022,  formatted  in  Inline  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language:  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii) 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iv)  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Equity,  (v)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  (vi)  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.+(1)

_______________________________________________________________________________ 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

+ Filed herewith.
(1) Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation S-T,  the  XBRL  related  information  in  Exhibit 101  to  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to 
the liability of the section, and shall not be deemed part of a registration statement, prospectus or other document filed 
under  the  Securities Act  or  the  Exchange Act,  except  as  shall  be  expressly  set  forth  by  specific  reference  in  such 
filings. 

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary 

None.

94 

 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Report  on 

Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: November 22, 2022

TETRA TECH, INC.

By:

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK

        Dan L. Batrack
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and 
Steven M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and 
confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK
Dan L. Batrack

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

November 22, 2022

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK
Steven M. Burdick

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER
Brian N. Carter

/s/ GARY R. BIRKENBEUEL
Gary R. Birkenbeuel

/s/ PRASHANT GANDHI
Prashant Gandhi 

/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER LEWIS
J. Christopher Lewis

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE
Joanne M. Maguire

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI
Kimberly E. Ritrievi

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON
J. Kenneth Thompson

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI
Kirsten M. Volpi

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

November 22, 2022

(Principal Financial Officer)

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller

November 22, 2022

(Principal Accounting Officer)

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

November 22, 2022

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

95 

COMPANY INFORMATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Tetra Tech, Inc.

Gary R. Birkenbeuel
Retired Regional Assurance  
Managing Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Prashant Gandhi
Chief Business Officer, Melio Payments

J. Christopher Lewis
Managing Director,
RLH Equity Partners 

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space

Christiana Obiaya
Chief Financial Officer, Heliogen

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
Executive Vice President, COO,  
CFO, and Treasurer, Colorado  
School of Mines

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Jill M. Hudkins
President

Leslie L. Shoemaker
Executive Vice President, Chief 
Sustainability and Leadership 
Development Officer

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Brendan M. O’Rourke
Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Risk Management

Derek G. Amidon
President, Commercial/International 
Services Group and President,  
Energy Engineering

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and President,  
U.S. Government Division and U.S. 
Infrastructure Division

Keith Brown
President, Global Development
Services Division

Stuart W. Fowler
President, High Performance  
Buildings Division

Olivier H. Jeannot
President, Federal Information 
Technology Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Environment/Geotech 
Division

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: investor.relations@tetratech.com 

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233-5000 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)